]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
2013-02-06 Sandra Loosemore <sandra@codesourcery.com>
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
269 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
271@end ifset
272@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
273
274@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 275@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
276 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
277 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
278 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
279 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 280 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 281 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
282 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
283 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
284 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 285 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 286@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
287@ifset Blackfin
288
289@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
290 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
291 [@b{-mfdpic}]
292 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
293 [@b{-mnopic}]
294@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
295@ifset CRIS
296
297@emph{Target CRIS options:}
298 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
299 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
300 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 301 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
302@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
303@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
304@end ifset
252b5132 305@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D10V options:}
308 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D30V options:}
313 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 314@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
315@ifset EPIPHANY
316
317@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
318 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
319@end ifset
252b5132 320@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
321
322@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
323 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
324@end ifset
325@ifset HPPA
326@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
327@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
328@ifset I80386
329
330@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 331 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 332 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 337@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
338 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
339 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
340 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 341@end ifset
587fe2b3 342@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 343
9e32ca89
NC
344@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
345 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
346 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
347 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 348 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 349 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 350 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
351 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
352@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
353@ifset IP2K
354
355@emph{Target IP2K options:}
356 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
357@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
358@ifset M32C
359
360@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 361 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 362@end ifset
587fe2b3 363@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 364
a4fb0134
SC
365@emph{Target M32R options:}
366 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 367 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 368@end ifset
252b5132 369@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
372 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 373@end ifset
60bcf0fa 374@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 377 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
378 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
379 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 380 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
381 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
382 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
383@end ifset
384@ifset MCORE
385
386@emph{Target MCORE options:}
387 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
388 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 389@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
390@ifset METAG
391
392@emph{Target Meta options:}
393 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
394@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
395@ifset MICROBLAZE
396@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
397@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
398@end ifset
252b5132 399@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 402 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 403 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 404 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
405 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
406 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 407 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 408 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
409 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 418 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 419 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
420 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
421 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 423 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 424 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
425@end ifset
426@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
427
428@emph{Target MMIX options:}
429 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
430 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
431 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 432 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 433@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
434@ifset NIOSII
435
436@emph{Target Nios II options:}
437 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
438 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
439@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
440@ifset PDP11
441
442@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
443 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
444 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 445 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
446@end ifset
447@ifset PJ
448
449@emph{Target picoJava options:}
450 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
451@end ifset
452@ifset PPC
453
454@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
455 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
456 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
457 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 458 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 459 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
460 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
461 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 462 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
463 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
464 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 465 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 466 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 467@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
468@ifset RX
469
470@emph{Target RX options:}
471 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 472 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
473 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
474 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
475 [@b{-mpid}]
476 [@b{-mrelax}]
477 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
478 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 479@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
480@ifset S390
481
482@emph{Target s390 options:}
483 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
484 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
485 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
486@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
487@ifset SCORE
488
489@emph{Target SCORE options:}
490 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
491 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
492 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
493 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
494@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
495@ifset SPARC
496
497@emph{Target SPARC options:}
498@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
499 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
500 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
501 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
502 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
503@end ifset
504@ifset TIC54X
505
506@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 507 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
508 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
509@end ifset
3c9b82ba 510
40b36596
JM
511@ifset TIC6X
512
513@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
514 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
515 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
516 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 517@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
518@ifset TILEGX
519
520@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 521 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
522@end ifset
523@ifset TILEPRO
524@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
525@end ifset
40b36596 526
2d8b84ae
SA
527@ifset XTENSA
528
529@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
530 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
531 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
532 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
533 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
534@end ifset
535
3c9b82ba
NC
536@ifset Z80
537
538@emph{Target Z80 options:}
539 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
540 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
541 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
542 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
543 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
544 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
545 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
546@end ifset
547
a4fb0134
SC
548@ifset Z8000
549@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 550@end ifset
e0001a05 551
0285c67d 552@c man end
252b5132
RH
553@end smallexample
554
0285c67d
NC
555@c man begin OPTIONS
556
a4fb0134 557@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 558@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 559
83f10cb2 560@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
561Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
562
a4fb0134 563@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
564@item -ac
565omit false conditionals
566
567@item -ad
568omit debugging directives
569
83f10cb2
NC
570@item -ag
571include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
572
252b5132
RH
573@item -ah
574include high-level source
575
576@item -al
577include assembly
578
579@item -am
580include macro expansions
581
582@item -an
583omit forms processing
584
585@item -as
586include symbols
587
588@item =file
589set the name of the listing file
590@end table
591
592You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
593listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
594the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
595
caa32fe5 596@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
597Begin in alternate macro mode.
598@ifclear man
599@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
600@end ifclear
caa32fe5 601
955974c6
CC
602@item --compress-debug-sections
603Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
604to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
605compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
606
607@item --nocompress-debug-sections
608Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
609
252b5132
RH
610@item -D
611Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
612other assemblers.
613
3d6b762c
JM
614@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
615When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
616information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
617
252b5132
RH
618@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
619Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
620@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
621indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
622value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
623use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
624
625@item -f
626``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
627compiler output).
628
329e276d
NC
629@item -g
630@itemx --gen-debug
631Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
632debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
633ECOFF or DWARF2.
634
252b5132
RH
635@item --gstabs
636Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
637may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
638
05da4302
NC
639@item --gstabs+
640Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
641extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
642debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
643may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
644the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
645
329e276d 646@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 647Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 648may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 649option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 650
21be61f5
L
651@item --size-check=error
652@itemx --size-check=warning
653Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
654
252b5132
RH
655@item --help
656Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
657
ea20a7da
CC
658@item --target-help
659Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
660
252b5132
RH
661@item -I @var{dir}
662Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
663
664@item -J
665Don't warn about signed overflow.
666
667@item -K
668@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
669This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
670@end ifclear
671@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
672Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
673@end ifset
674
675@item -L
676@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
677Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
678system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
679or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
680@ifclear man
681@xref{Symbol Names}.
682@end ifclear
252b5132 683
c3a27914
NC
684@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
685Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
686listing to @var{number}.
687
688@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
689Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
690lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
691
692@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
693Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
694@var{number} bytes.
695
696@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
697Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
698to @var{number} + 1.
699
252b5132 700@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 701Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
702
703@item -R
704Fold the data section into the text section.
705
4bdd3565
NC
706@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
707Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
708@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
709assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
710memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
711requirements at the expense of speed.
712
713@item --reduce-memory-overheads
714This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
715assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
716@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
717
252b5132
RH
718@item --statistics
719Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
720assembly.
721
722@item --strip-local-absolute
723Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
724
725@item -v
726@itemx -version
a4fb0134 727Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
728
729@item --version
a4fb0134 730Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
731
732@item -W
2bdd6cf5 733@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
734Suppress warning messages.
735
2bdd6cf5
GK
736@item --fatal-warnings
737Treat warnings as errors.
738
739@item --warn
740Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
741
252b5132
RH
742@item -w
743Ignored.
744
745@item -x
746Ignored.
747
748@item -Z
749Generate an object file even after errors.
750
751@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
752Standard input, or source files to assemble.
753
754@end table
2a633939
JM
755@c man end
756
a06ea964
NC
757@ifset AARCH64
758
759@ifclear man
760@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
761for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
762@end ifclear
763
764@ifset man
765@c man begin OPTIONS
766The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
76764-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
768@c man end
769@c man begin INCLUDE
770@include c-aarch64.texi
771@c ended inside the included file
772@end ifset
773
774@end ifset
775
2a633939
JM
776@ifset ALPHA
777
778@ifclear man
779@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
780for an Alpha processor.
781@end ifclear
782
783@ifset man
784@c man begin OPTIONS
785The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
786processor.
787@c man end
788@c man begin INCLUDE
789@include c-alpha.texi
790@c ended inside the included file
791@end ifset
792
793@end ifset
252b5132 794
2a633939 795@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
796@ifset ARC
797The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
798an ARC processor.
799
a4fb0134 800@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
801@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
802This option selects the core processor variant.
803@item -EB | -EL
804Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
805@end table
806@end ifset
807
808@ifset ARM
809The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
810processor family.
811
a4fb0134 812@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 813@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 814Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 815@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 816Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 817@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 818Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
819@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
820Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
821@item -mthumb
822Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 823@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
824Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
825@item -EB | -EL
826Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
827@item -mthumb-interwork
828Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
829ARM code in mind.
830@item -k
831Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
832@end table
833@end ifset
635fb38d 834@c man end
252b5132 835
9982501a 836@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
837
838@ifclear man
839@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
840configured for the Blackfin processor family.
841@end ifclear
842
843@ifset man
844@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
845The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
846the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
847@c man end
848@c man begin INCLUDE
849@include c-bfin.texi
850@c ended inside the included file
851@end ifset
9982501a 852
9982501a
JZ
853@end ifset
854
635fb38d 855@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
856@ifset CRIS
857See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
858@end ifset
859
252b5132
RH
860@ifset D10V
861The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
862a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 863@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
864@cindex D10V optimization
865@cindex optimization, D10V
866@item -O
867Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
868@end table
869@end ifset
870
871@ifset D30V
872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
873processor.
a4fb0134 874@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
875@cindex D30V optimization
876@cindex optimization, D30V
877@item -O
878Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
879
880@cindex D30V nops
881@item -n
882Warn when nops are generated.
883
884@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
885@item -N
886Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
887@end table
888@end ifset
731caf76
L
889@c man end
890
cfb8c092
NC
891@ifset EPIPHANY
892The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
893Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
894
56b13185
JR
895@ifclear man
896@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
897configured for an Epiphany processor.
898@end ifclear
cfb8c092 899
56b13185
JR
900@ifset man
901@c man begin OPTIONS
902The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
903an Epiphany processor.
904@c man end
905@c man begin INCLUDE
906@include c-epiphany.texi
907@c ended inside the included file
908@end ifset
cfb8c092 909
cfb8c092
NC
910@end ifset
911
731caf76 912@ifset I80386
252b5132 913
731caf76
L
914@ifclear man
915@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
916configured for an i386 processor.
917@end ifclear
918
919@ifset man
920@c man begin OPTIONS
921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
922an i386 processor.
923@c man end
924@c man begin INCLUDE
925@include c-i386.texi
926@c ended inside the included file
927@end ifset
928
929@end ifset
930
931@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
932@ifset I960
933The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
934Intel 80960 processor.
935
a4fb0134 936@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
937@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
938Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
939
940@item -b
941Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
942
943@item -no-relax
944Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
945error if necessary.
946
947@end table
948@end ifset
949
a40cbfa3
NC
950@ifset IP2K
951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 952Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
953
954@table @gcctabopt
955
956@item -mip2022ext
957Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
958
959@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 960Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
961just the basic IP2022 ones.
962
963@end table
964@end ifset
965
49f58d10
JB
966@ifset M32C
967The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
968Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
969
970@table @gcctabopt
971
972@item -m32c
973Assemble M32C instructions.
974
975@item -m16c
976Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
977
c54b5932
DD
978@item -relax
979Enable support for link-time relaxations.
980
981@item -h-tick-hex
982Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
983
49f58d10
JB
984@end table
985@end ifset
986
ec694b89
NC
987@ifset M32R
988The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 989Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 990
a4fb0134 991@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
992
993@item --m32rx
994Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
995is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
996
997@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
998Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 999encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1000
1001@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1002Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1003encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1004
1005@end table
1006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1007
1008@ifset M680X0
1009The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1010Motorola 68000 series.
1011
a4fb0134 1012@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1013
1014@item -l
1015Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1016
0285c67d
NC
1017@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1018@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1019@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1020Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1021is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1022
1023@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1024The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1025The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1026the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1027two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1028coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1029
1030@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1031The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1032unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1033
1034@end table
1035@end ifset
1036
36591ba1
SL
1037@ifset NIOSII
1038
1039@ifclear man
1040@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1041for an Altera Nios II processor.
1042@end ifclear
1043
1044@ifset man
1045@c man begin OPTIONS
1046The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1047Altera Nios II processor.
1048@c man end
1049@c man begin INCLUDE
1050@include c-nios2.texi
1051@c ended inside the included file
1052@end ifset
1053@end ifset
1054
e135f41b
NC
1055@ifset PDP11
1056
1057For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1058see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1059
a4fb0134 1060@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1061@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1062Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1063default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1064
1065@item -mall
1066@itemx -mall-extensions
1067Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1068
1069@item -mno-extensions
1070Disable all instruction set extensions.
1071
1072@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1073Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1074
1075@item -m@var{cpu}
1076Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1077disable all other extensions.
1078
1079@item -m@var{machine}
1080Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1081model, and disable all other extensions.
1082@end table
1083
1084@end ifset
1085
041dd5a9
ILT
1086@ifset PJ
1087The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1088a picoJava processor.
1089
a4fb0134 1090@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1091
1092@cindex PJ endianness
1093@cindex endianness, PJ
1094@cindex big endian output, PJ
1095@item -mb
1096Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1097
1098@cindex little endian output, PJ
1099@item -ml
1100Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1101
1102@end table
1103@end ifset
1104
60bcf0fa
NC
1105@ifset M68HC11
1106The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1107Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1108
a4fb0134 1109@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1110
6927f982 1111@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1112Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1113defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1114
6927f982
NC
1115@item --xgate-ramoffset
1116Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1117XGATE address space.
1118
2f904664
SC
1119@item -mshort
1120Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1121
1122@item -mlong
01642c12 1123Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1124
1125@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1126Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1127
1128@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1129Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1130
1370e33d 1131@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1132Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1133conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1134sub routine.
1135
1370e33d
NC
1136@item -S | --short-branches
1137Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1138when the offset is out of range.
1139
1140@item --strict-direct-mode
1141Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1142when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1143
1144@item --print-insn-syntax
1145Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1146
1147@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1148Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1149
1150@item --generate-example
6927f982 1151Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1152This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1153
1154@end table
1155@end ifset
1156
252b5132 1157@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1158The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1159for the SPARC architecture:
1160
a4fb0134 1161@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1162@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1163@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1164Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1165
1166@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1167@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1168
1169@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1170UltraSPARC extensions.
1171
1172@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1173For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1174equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1175
1176@item -bump
1177Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1178@end table
1179@end ifset
1180
39bec121
TW
1181@ifset TIC54X
1182The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1183architecture.
39bec121 1184
a4fb0134 1185@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1186@item -mfar-mode
1187Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1188extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1189@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1190Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1191@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1192Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1193behaviour in the shell.
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
252b5132
RH
1197@ifset MIPS
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1199a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1200
a4fb0134 1201@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1202@item -G @var{num}
1203This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1204implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1205use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1206
1207@cindex MIPS endianness
1208@cindex endianness, MIPS
1209@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1210@item -EB
1211Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1212
1213@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1214@item -EL
1215Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1216
1217@cindex MIPS ISA
1218@item -mips1
1219@itemx -mips2
1220@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1221@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1222@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1223@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1224@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1225@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1226@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1227Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1228@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1229alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1230@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1231@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1232@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1233correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1234@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1235and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1236ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1237
1238@item -march=@var{CPU}
1239Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1240
1241@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1242Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1243
1244@item -mfix7000
1245@itemx -mno-fix7000
1246Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1247of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1248
ecb4347a
DJ
1249@item -mdebug
1250@itemx -no-mdebug
1251Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1252section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1253
dcd410fe
RO
1254@item -mpdr
1255@itemx -mno-pdr
1256Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1257
437ee9d5
TS
1258@item -mgp32
1259@itemx -mfp32
1260The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1261flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1262all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1263and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1264
1265@item -mips16
1266@itemx -no-mips16
1267Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1268@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1269turns off this option.
252b5132 1270
df58fc94
RS
1271@item -mmicromips
1272@itemx -mno-micromips
1273Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1274@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1275turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1276at the start of the assembly file.
1277
e16bfa71
TS
1278@item -msmartmips
1279@itemx -mno-smartmips
1280Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1281equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1282@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1283
1f25f5d3
CD
1284@item -mips3d
1285@itemx -no-mips3d
1286Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1287This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1288@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1289
deec1734
CD
1290@item -mdmx
1291@itemx -no-mdmx
1292Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1293This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1294@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1295
2ef2b9ae
CF
1296@item -mdsp
1297@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1298Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1299This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1300@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1301
8b082fb1
TS
1302@item -mdspr2
1303@itemx -mno-dspr2
1304Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1305This option implies -mdsp.
1306This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1307@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1308
ef2e4d86
CF
1309@item -mmt
1310@itemx -mno-mt
1311Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1312This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1313@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1314
dec0624d
MR
1315@item -mmcu
1316@itemx -mno-mcu
1317Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1318This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1319@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1320
437ee9d5
TS
1321@item --construct-floats
1322@itemx --no-construct-floats
1323The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1324double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1325value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1326the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1327selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1328
1329@cindex emulation
1330@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1331This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1332for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1333between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1334debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1335endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1336@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1337@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1338of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1339the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1340in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1341selection in any case.
1342
1343This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1344@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1345Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1346@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1347the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1348configuration includes support for both.
1349
1350Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1351fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1352more processors.
1353
1354@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1355@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1356the native tools.
1357
252b5132
RH
1358@item --trap
1359@itemx --no-trap
1360@itemx --break
1361@itemx --no-break
1362Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1363@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1364(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1365@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1366break exception.
63486801
L
1367
1368@item -n
a4fb0134 1369When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1370time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1371@end table
1372@end ifset
1373
1374@ifset MCORE
1375The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1376an MCore processor.
1377
a4fb0134 1378@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1379@item -jsri2bsr
1380@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1381Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1382The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1383
1384@item -sifilter
1385@itemx -nosifilter
1386Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1387The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1388
1389@item -relax
1390Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1391
ec694b89
NC
1392@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1393Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1394can be assembled.
1395
1396@item -EB
1397Assemble for a big endian target.
1398
1399@item -EL
1400Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1401
1402@end table
1403@end ifset
a3c62988 1404@c man end
252b5132 1405
a3c62988
NC
1406@ifset METAG
1407
1408@ifclear man
1409@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1410for a Meta processor.
1411@end ifclear
1412
1413@ifset man
1414@c man begin OPTIONS
1415The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1416Meta processor.
1417@c man end
1418@c man begin INCLUDE
1419@include c-metag.texi
1420@c ended inside the included file
1421@end ifset
1422
1423@end ifset
1424
1425@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1426@ifset MMIX
1427See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1428@end ifset
1429
635fb38d 1430@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1431@ifset PPC
1432
1433@ifclear man
1434@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1435for a PowerPC processor.
1436@end ifclear
1437
1438@ifset man
1439@c man begin OPTIONS
1440The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1441PowerPC processor.
1442@c man end
1443@c man begin INCLUDE
1444@include c-ppc.texi
1445@c ended inside the included file
1446@end ifset
1447
1448@end ifset
1449
635fb38d 1450@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1451@ifset RX
1452See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1453@end ifset
1454
11c19e16
MS
1455@ifset S390
1456The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1457processor family.
1458
1459@table @gcctabopt
1460@item -m31
1461@itemx -m64
1462Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1463@item -mesa
1464@item -mzarch
1465Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1466Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1467@item -march=@var{processor}
1468Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1469@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1470@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1471@item -mregnames
1472@itemx -mno-regnames
1473Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1474@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1475Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1476but evaluates to zero.
1477@end table
1478@end ifset
2a633939 1479@c man end
11c19e16 1480
40b36596 1481@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1482
1483@ifclear man
1484@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1485for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1486@end ifclear
1487
1488@ifset man
1489@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1490The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1491TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1492@c man end
1493@c man begin INCLUDE
1494@include c-tic6x.texi
1495@c ended inside the included file
1496@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1497
1498@end ifset
1499
aa137e4d
NC
1500@ifset TILEGX
1501
1502@ifclear man
1503@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1504for a TILE-Gx processor.
1505@end ifclear
1506
1507@ifset man
1508@c man begin OPTIONS
1509The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1510processor.
1511@c man end
1512@c man begin INCLUDE
1513@include c-tilegx.texi
1514@c ended inside the included file
1515@end ifset
1516
1517@end ifset
1518
e0001a05 1519@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1520
2d8b84ae
SA
1521@ifclear man
1522@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1523for an Xtensa processor.
1524@end ifclear
1525
1526@ifset man
1527@c man begin OPTIONS
1528The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1529Xtensa processor.
1530@c man end
1531@c man begin INCLUDE
1532@include c-xtensa.texi
1533@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1534@end ifset
1535
2d8b84ae
SA
1536@end ifset
1537
1538@c man begin OPTIONS
1539
3c9b82ba
NC
1540@ifset Z80
1541The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1542a Z80 family processor.
1543@table @gcctabopt
1544@item -z80
1545Assemble for Z80 processor.
1546@item -r800
1547Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1548@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1549@itemx -Wnud
1550Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1551@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1552@itemx -Wnup
1553Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1554@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1555@itemx -Wud
1556Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1557@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1558@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1559Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1560@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1561@itemx -Fud
1562Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1563@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1564@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1565Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1566@end table
1567@end ifset
1568
0285c67d
NC
1569@c man end
1570
252b5132
RH
1571@menu
1572* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1573* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1574* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1575* Command Line:: Command Line
1576* Input Files:: Input Files
1577* Object:: Output (Object) File
1578* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1579@end menu
1580
1581@node Manual
1582@section Structure of this Manual
1583
1584@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1585This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1586@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1587notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1588@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1589
1590@ifclear GENERIC
1591We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1592configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1593@end ifclear
1594@ifset GENERIC
1595This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1596various flavors of the assembler.
1597@end ifset
1598
1599@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1600On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1601to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1602In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1603architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1604mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1605particular architecture.
1606@ifset GENERIC
1607You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1608machine architecture manual for this information.
1609@end ifset
1610@ifclear GENERIC
1611@ifset H8/300
1612For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1613Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1614Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1615@end ifset
252b5132 1616@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1617For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1618see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1619@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1620@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1621@end ifset
1622@ifset Z8000
1623For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1624@end ifset
1625@end ifclear
1626
1627@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1628@ignore
1629Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1630the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1631Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1632computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1633once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1634qualification.
1635
a4fb0134 1636@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1637human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1638computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1639@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1640@end ignore
1641
1642@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1643@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1644@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1645@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1646@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1647@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1648@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1649@c directives).
1650
1651@node GNU Assembler
1652@section The GNU Assembler
1653
0285c67d
NC
1654@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1655
a4fb0134 1656@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1657@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1658This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1659configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1660@end ifclear
1661If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1662should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1663architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1664including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1665@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1666
1667@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1668@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1669@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1670@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1671assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1672machine would assemble.
1673@ifset VAX
1674Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1675@end ifset
1676@ifset M680X0
1677@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1678@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1679This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1680assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1681incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1682@end ifset
1683
0285c67d
NC
1684@c man end
1685
a4fb0134 1686Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1687program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1688@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1689
1690@node Object Formats
1691@section Object File Formats
1692
1693@cindex object file format
1694The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1695object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1696write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1697are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1698Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1699@ifclear GENERIC
1700@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1701For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1702@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1703@end ifclear
1704@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1705@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1706On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1707@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1708@end ifset
1709@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1710On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1711SOM or ELF format object files.
1712@end ifset
1713@end ifclear
1714
1715@node Command Line
1716@section Command Line
1717
1718@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1719
a4fb0134 1720After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1721options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1722before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1723significant.
1724
1725@cindex standard input, as input file
1726@kindex --
1727@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1728explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1729
1730@cindex options, command line
1731Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1732hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1733@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1734option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1735the letter is important. All options are optional.
1736
1737Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1738name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1739with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1740standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1741
1742@smallexample
1743@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1744@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1745@end smallexample
1746
1747@node Input Files
1748@section Input Files
1749
1750@cindex input
1751@cindex source program
1752@cindex files, input
1753We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1754describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1755be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1756doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1757
1758@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1759@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1760The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1761order specified.
1762
0285c67d 1763@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1764Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1765program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1766(The standard input is also a file.)
1767
a4fb0134 1768You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1769names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1770command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1771is taken to be an input file name.
1772
a4fb0134
SC
1773If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1774from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1775may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1776to assemble.
1777
1778Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1779in your command line.
1780
a4fb0134 1781If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1782file.
1783
0285c67d
NC
1784@c man end
1785
252b5132
RH
1786@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1787
1788@cindex input file linenumbers
1789@cindex line numbers, in input files
1790There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1791either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1792number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1793``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1794
1795@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1796to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1797
1798@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1799directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1800error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1801is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1802@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1803@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1804
1805@node Object
1806@section Output (Object) File
1807
1808@cindex object file
1809@cindex output file
1810@kindex a.out
1811@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1812Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1813your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1814is the object file. Its default name is
1815@ifclear BOUT
1816@code{a.out}.
1817@end ifclear
1818@ifset BOUT
1819@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1820@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1821@end ifset
a4fb0134 1822@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1823@end ifset
a4fb0134 1824You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1825object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1826reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1827directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1828possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1829
1830@cindex linker
1831@kindex ld
1832The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1833assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1834the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1835information for the debugger.
1836
1837@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1838@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1839
1840@node Errors
1841@section Error and Warning Messages
1842
0285c67d
NC
1843@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1844
a349d9dd 1845@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1846@cindex warning messages
1847@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1848@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1849file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1850runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1851that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1852grave problem that stops the assembly.
1853
0285c67d
NC
1854@c man end
1855
252b5132
RH
1856@cindex format of warning messages
1857Warning messages have the format
1858
1859@smallexample
1860file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1861@end smallexample
1862
1863@noindent
1864@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1865(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1866(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1867the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1868@ifset GENERIC
1869(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1870@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1871then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1872otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1873message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1874tradition).
1875
1876@cindex format of error messages
1877Error messages have the format
1878@smallexample
1879file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1880@end smallexample
1881The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1882messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1883because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1884
1885@node Invoking
1886@chapter Command-Line Options
1887
1888@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1889This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1890versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1891for options specific
252b5132 1892@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1893to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1894@end ifclear
1895@ifset GENERIC
1896to particular machine architectures.
1897@end ifset
1898
0285c67d
NC
1899@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1900
c1253627 1901If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1902you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1903The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1904by commas. For example:
1905
1906@smallexample
1907gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1908@end smallexample
1909
1910@noindent
1911This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1912standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1913local symbols in the symbol table).
1914
1915Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1916command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1917(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1918precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1919assembler.)
1920
0285c67d
NC
1921@c man end
1922
252b5132 1923@menu
83f10cb2 1924* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1925* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1926* D:: -D for compatibility
1927* f:: -f to work faster
1928* I:: -I for .include search path
1929@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1930* K:: -K for compatibility
1931@end ifclear
1932@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1933* K:: -K for difference tables
1934@end ifset
1935
ba83aca1 1936* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1937* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1938* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1939* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1940* o:: -o to name the object file
1941* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1942* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1943* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1944* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1945* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1946* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1947@end menu
1948
1949@node a
83f10cb2 1950@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1951
1952@kindex -a
1953@kindex -ac
1954@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1955@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1956@kindex -ah
1957@kindex -al
1958@kindex -an
1959@kindex -as
1960@cindex listings, enabling
1961@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1962
1963These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1964@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1965You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1966@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1967@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1968@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1969High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1970@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1971also.
1972
83f10cb2
NC
1973Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1974information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1975
252b5132
RH
1976Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1977which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1978other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1979omitted from the listing.
1980
1981Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1982listing.
1983
1984Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1985listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1986@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1987@code{.sbttl}.
1988The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1989If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1990listing-control directives have no effect.
1991
1992The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1993@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1994
96e9638b
BW
1995Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1996because it
c3a27914
NC
1997is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1998is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1999directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2000stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2001memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2002
caa32fe5
NC
2003@node alternate
2004@section @option{--alternate}
2005
2006@kindex --alternate
2007Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2008
252b5132 2009@node D
a4fb0134 2010@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2011
2012@kindex -D
2013This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2014likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2015@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2016
2017@node f
a4fb0134 2018@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2019
2020@kindex -f
2021@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2022@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2023@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2024(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2025and comment preprocessing on
2026the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2027,Preprocessing}.
2028
2029@quotation
2030@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2031preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2032not work correctly.
2033@end quotation
2034
2035@node I
c1253627 2036@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2037
2038@kindex -I @var{path}
2039@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2040@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2041@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2042Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2043@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2044directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2045many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2046working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2047searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2048specified (left to right) on the command line.
2049
2050@node K
a4fb0134 2051@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2052
2053@kindex -K
2054@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2055On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2056permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2057where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2058generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2059family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2060alteration on other platforms.
2061@end ifclear
2062
2063@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2064@cindex difference tables, warning
2065@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2066@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2067form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2068You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2069is done.
2070@end ifset
2071
2072@node L
ba83aca1 2073@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2074
2075@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2076@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2077Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2078@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2079called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2080such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2081programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2082notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2083such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2084
2085This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2086in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2087@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2088
c3a27914 2089@node listing
a4fb0134 2090@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2091
2092The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2093@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2094hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2095them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2096directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2097@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2098@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2099@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2100
a4fb0134 2101@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2102@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2103@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2104@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2105Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2106dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2107
2108@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2109@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2110@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2111Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2112a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2113the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2114switch is used the default is to one.
2115
2116@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2117@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2118@cindex Width of source line output
2119Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2120alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2121source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2122
2123@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2124@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2125@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2126Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2127displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2128@end table
2129
252b5132 2130@node M
a4fb0134 2131@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2132
2133@kindex -M
2134@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2135The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2136changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2137compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2138configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2139MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2140information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2141arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2142assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2143
2144The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2145depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2146file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2147individually. These are:
2148
2149@itemize @bullet
2150@item global symbols in common section
2151
2152The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2153Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2154common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2155symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2156symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2157
2158@item complex relocations
2159
2160The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2161relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2162are not support by other object file formats.
2163
2164@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2165
2166The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2167This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2168instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2169script.
2170
2171@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2172
2173The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2174name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2175
2176@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2177
2178The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2179address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2180which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2181not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2182assigned within a linker script.
2183@end itemize
2184
2185There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2186@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2187seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2188
2189@itemize @bullet
2190
2191@item EBCDIC strings
2192
2193EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2194
2195@item packed binary coded decimal
2196
2197Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2198and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2199
2200@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2201
2202The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2203
2204@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2205
2206The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2207
2208@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2209
2210The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2211@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2212relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2213these options serve no purpose.
2214
2215@item @code{OPT} list control options
2216
2217The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2218@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2219@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2220
2221@item other @code{OPT} options
2222
2223The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2224@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2225
2226@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2227
2228The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2229@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2230
2231@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2232
2233The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2234
2235@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2236
2237The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2238
2239@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2240
2241The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2242
2243@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2244
2245The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2246
2247@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2248
2249The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2250
2251@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2252
2253The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2254
2255@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2256
2257The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2258
2259@end itemize
2260
2261@node MD
c1253627 2262@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2263
2264@kindex --MD
2265@cindex dependency tracking
2266@cindex make rules
2267
a4fb0134 2268@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2269file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2270dependencies of the main source file.
2271
2272The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2273
2274This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2275
2276@node o
a4fb0134 2277@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2278
2279@kindex -o
2280@cindex naming object file
2281@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2282There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2283default it has the name
2284@ifset GENERIC
2285@ifset I960
2286@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2287@end ifset
2288@ifclear I960
2289@file{a.out}.
2290@end ifclear
2291@end ifset
2292@ifclear GENERIC
2293@ifset I960
2294@file{b.out}.
2295@end ifset
2296@ifclear I960
2297@file{a.out}.
2298@end ifclear
2299@end ifclear
2300You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2301object file a different name.
2302
a4fb0134 2303Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2304existing file of the same name.
2305
2306@node R
a4fb0134 2307@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2308
2309@kindex -R
2310@cindex data and text sections, joining
2311@cindex text and data sections, joining
2312@cindex joining text and data sections
2313@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2314@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2315data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2316the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2317section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2318your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2319appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2320
a4fb0134 2321When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2322address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2323data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2324older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2325
c1253627
NC
2326@ifset COFF-ELF
2327When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2328this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2329@samp{.data}.
2330@end ifset
2331
2332@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2333@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2334@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2335@end ifset
2336
2337@node statistics
a4fb0134 2338@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2339
2340@kindex --statistics
2341@cindex statistics, about assembly
2342@cindex time, total for assembly
2343@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2344Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2345@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2346(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2347seconds).
2348
2349@node traditional-format
c1253627 2350@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2351
2352@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2353For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2354from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2355@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2356
2357For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2358@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2359
2360@node v
a4fb0134 2361@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2362
2363@kindex -v
2364@kindex -version
2365@cindex assembler version
2366@cindex version of assembler
2367You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2368option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2369command line.
2370
2371@node W
a4fb0134 2372@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2373
a4fb0134 2374@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2375assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2376cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2377made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2378
c1253627
NC
2379@kindex -W
2380@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2381@cindex suppressing warnings
2382@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2383If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2384This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2385how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2386are still reported.
2387
c1253627 2388@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2389@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2390@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2391If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2392files that generate warnings to be in error.
2393
c1253627 2394@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2395@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2396You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2397causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2398
2399@node Z
a4fb0134 2400@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2401@cindex object file, after errors
2402@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2403After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2404some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2405@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2406option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2407writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2408errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2409
2410@node Syntax
2411@chapter Syntax
2412
2413@cindex machine-independent syntax
2414@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2415This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2416source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2417assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2418@ifclear VAX
2419assembler.
2420@end ifclear
2421@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2422assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2423@end ifset
2424
2425@menu
7c31ae13 2426* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2427* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2428* Comments:: Comments
2429* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2430* Statements:: Statements
2431* Constants:: Constants
2432@end menu
2433
2434@node Preprocessing
2435@section Preprocessing
2436
2437@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2438The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2439@itemize @bullet
2440@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2441@item
2442adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2443the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2444a single space.
2445
2446@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2447@item
2448removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2449appropriate number of newlines.
2450
2451@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2452@item
2453converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2454@end itemize
2455
2456It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2457anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2458do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2459(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2460to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2461@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2462Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2463
2464Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2465cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2466preprocessed.
2467
2468@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2469@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2470@kindex #NO_APP
2471@kindex #APP
2472If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2473@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2474Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2475specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2476text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2477@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2478@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2479and whitespace.
2480
2481@node Whitespace
2482@section Whitespace
2483
2484@cindex whitespace
2485@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2486Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2487people to read. Unless within character constants
2488(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2489as exactly one space.
2490
2491@node Comments
2492@section Comments
2493
2494@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2495There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2496cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2497
2498Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2499This means you may not nest these comments.
2500
2501@smallexample
2502/*
2503 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2504 is to use this sort of comment.
2505*/
2506
2507/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2508@end smallexample
2509
2510@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2511Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2512considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2513specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2514line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2515line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2516comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2517upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2518@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2519
2520If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2521special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2522to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2523
2524@kindex #
2525@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2526@cindex logical line numbers
2527To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2528special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2529expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2530line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2531new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2532
2533If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2534the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2535
2536@smallexample
2537 # This is an ordinary comment.
2538# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2539 # This is logical line # 36.
2540@end smallexample
2541This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2542of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2543
2544@node Symbol Intro
2545@section Symbols
2546
2547@cindex characters used in symbols
2548@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2549A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2550letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2551@samp{_.$}.
2552@end ifclear
2553@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2554@ifclear GENERIC
2555@ifset H8
2556A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2557letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2558@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2559symbol names.)
2560@end ifset
2561@end ifclear
2562@end ifset
2563@ifset GENERIC
2564On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2565are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2566@end ifset
2567No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2568There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2569are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2570beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2571of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2572@cindex length of symbols
2573
2574@node Statements
2575@section Statements
2576
2577@cindex statements, structure of
2578@cindex line separator character
2579@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2580
2581A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2582@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2583specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2584target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2585The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2586preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2587exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2588
2589@cindex newline, required at file end
2590@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2591It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2592character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2593
2594An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2595
2596@cindex instructions and directives
2597@cindex directives and instructions
2598@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2599@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2600@c 13feb91.
2601A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2602key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2603symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2604symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2605directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2606a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2607assembles into a machine language instruction.
2608@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2609Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2610recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2611represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2612language.@refill
2613@end ifset
2614
2615@cindex @code{:} (label)
2616@cindex label (@code{:})
2617A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2618Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2619have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2620
2621@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2622For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2623the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2624only one label may be defined on each line.
2625@end ifset
2626
2627@smallexample
2628label: .directive followed by something
2629another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2630 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2631@end smallexample
2632
2633@node Constants
2634@section Constants
2635
2636@cindex constants
2637A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2638inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2639@smallexample
2640@group
2641.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2642.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2643.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2644.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
264595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2646@end group
2647@end smallexample
2648
2649@menu
2650* Characters:: Character Constants
2651* Numbers:: Number Constants
2652@end menu
2653
2654@node Characters
2655@subsection Character Constants
2656
2657@cindex character constants
2658@cindex constants, character
2659There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2660for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2661numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2662@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2663used in arithmetic expressions.
2664
2665@menu
2666* Strings:: Strings
2667* Chars:: Characters
2668@end menu
2669
2670@node Strings
2671@subsubsection Strings
2672
2673@cindex string constants
2674@cindex constants, string
2675A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2676double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2677into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2678a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2679one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2680@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2681(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2682escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2683
2684@cindex escape codes, character
2685@cindex character escape codes
2686@table @kbd
2687@c @item \a
2688@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2689@c
2690@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2691@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2692@item \b
2693Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2694
2695@c @item \e
2696@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2697@c
2698@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2699@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2700@item \f
2701Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2702
2703@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2704@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2705@item \n
2706Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2707
2708@c @item \p
2709@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2710@c
2711@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2712@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2713@item \r
2714Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2715
2716@c @item \s
2717@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2718@c other assemblers.
2719@c
2720@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2721@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2722@item \t
2723Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2724
2725@c @item \v
2726@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2727@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2728@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2729@c
2730@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2731@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2732@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2733An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2734For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2735for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2736
2737@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2738@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2739@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2740A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2741lower case @code{x} works.
2742
2743@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2744@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2745@item \\
2746Represents one @samp{\} character.
2747
2748@c @item \'
2749@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2750@c This is needed in single character literals
2751@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2752@c a @samp{'}.
2753@c
2754@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2755@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2756@item \"
2757Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2758this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2759
2760@item \ @var{anything-else}
2761Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2762assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2763you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2764interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2765other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2766code and warns you of the fact.
2767@end table
2768
2769Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2770varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2771the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2772compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2773sequence.
2774
2775@node Chars
2776@subsubsection Characters
2777
2778@cindex single character constant
2779@cindex character, single
2780@cindex constant, single character
2781A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2782followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2783to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2784must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2785@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2786grave accent. A newline
2787@ifclear GENERIC
2788@ifclear abnormal-separator
2789(or semicolon @samp{;})
2790@end ifclear
2791@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2792@ifset H8
2793(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2794Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2795@end ifset
2796@end ifset
2797@end ifclear
2798immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2799and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2800constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2801that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2802@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2803
2804@node Numbers
2805@subsection Number Constants
2806
2807@cindex constants, number
2808@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2809@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2810are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2811would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2812integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2813are floating point numbers, described below.
2814
2815@menu
2816* Integers:: Integers
2817* Bignums:: Bignums
2818* Flonums:: Flonums
2819@ifclear GENERIC
2820@ifset I960
2821* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2822@end ifset
2823@end ifclear
2824@end menu
2825
2826@node Integers
2827@subsubsection Integers
2828@cindex integers
2829@cindex constants, integer
2830
2831@cindex binary integers
2832@cindex integers, binary
2833A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2834the binary digits @samp{01}.
2835
2836@cindex octal integers
2837@cindex integers, octal
2838An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2839digits (@samp{01234567}).
2840
2841@cindex decimal integers
2842@cindex integers, decimal
2843A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2844more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2845
2846@cindex hexadecimal integers
2847@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2848A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2849more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2850
2851Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2852the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2853(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2854
2855@node Bignums
2856@subsubsection Bignums
2857
2858@cindex bignums
2859@cindex constants, bignum
2860A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2861except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2862represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2863integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2864
2865@node Flonums
2866@subsubsection Flonums
2867@cindex flonums
2868@cindex floating point numbers
2869@cindex constants, floating point
2870
2871@cindex precision, floating point
2872A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2873indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2874@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2875sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2876to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2877portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2878
2879A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2880@itemize @bullet
2881@item
2882The digit @samp{0}.
2883@ifset HPPA
2884(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2885@end ifset
2886
2887@item
a4fb0134 2888A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2889@ifset GENERIC
2890@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2891@ignore
2892@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2893(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28944.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2895@end ignore
2896
7be1c489 2897On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2898and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2899one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2900
2901On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2902(in upper or lower case).
2903
2904On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2905one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2906
2907On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2908@end ifset
2909@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2910@ifset ARC
2911One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2912@end ifset
2913@ifset H8
2914One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2915@end ifset
2916@ifset HPPA
2917The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2918@end ifset
2919@ifset I960
2920One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2921@end ifset
2922@end ifclear
2923
2924@item
2925An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2926
2927@item
2928An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2929
2930@item
2931An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2932or more decimal digits.
2933
2934@item
2935An optional exponent, consisting of:
2936
2937@itemize @bullet
2938@item
2939An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2940@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2941@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2942@item
2943Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2944@item
2945One or more decimal digits.
2946@end itemize
2947
2948@end itemize
2949
2950At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2951present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2952
a4fb0134 2953@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2954independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2955@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957@ifclear GENERIC
2958@ifset I960
2959@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2960@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2961@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2962@node Bit Fields
2963@subsubsection Bit Fields
2964
2965@cindex bit fields
2966@cindex constants, bit field
2967You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2968Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2969@example
2970@var{mask}:@var{value}
2971@end example
2972@noindent
a4fb0134 2973@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2974@var{value}.
2975
2976The resulting number is then packed
2977@ifset GENERIC
2978@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2979(in host-dependent byte order)
2980@end ifset
2981into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2982bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2983requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2984more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2985least significant digits.@refill
2986
2987The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2988@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2989@end ifset
2990@end ifclear
2991
2992@node Sections
2993@chapter Sections and Relocation
2994@cindex sections
2995@cindex relocation
2996
2997@menu
2998* Secs Background:: Background
2999* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3000* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3001* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3002* bss:: bss Section
3003@end menu
3004
3005@node Secs Background
3006@section Background
3007
3008Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3009``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3010For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3011
3012@cindex linker, and assembler
3013@cindex assembler, and linker
3014The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3015combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3016emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3017@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3018different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3019oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3020sections.
3021
3022@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3023addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3024units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3025within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3026run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3027the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3028the proper run-time addresses.
3029@ifset H8
7be1c489 3030For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3031@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3032ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3033@end ifset
3034
3035@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3036An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3037of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3038@dfn{bss} sections.
3039
c1253627 3040@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3041@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3042When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3043@end ifset
a4fb0134 3044@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3045using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3046If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3047or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3048@end ifset
3049
3050@ifset HPPA
3051@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3052When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3053@end ifset
a4fb0134 3054@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3055specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3056@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3057(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3058assembler directives.
3059
3060@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3061Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3062text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3063is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3064BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3065@end ifset
3066@end ifset
3067
3068Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3069data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3070
3071@ifset HPPA
3072When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3073section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3074@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3075@end ifset
3076
3077To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3078relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3079object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3080@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3081file is mentioned:
3082@itemize @bullet
3083@item
3084Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3085an address?
3086@item
3087How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3088@item
3089Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3090@display
3091(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3092@end display
3093@item
3094Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3095@end itemize
3096
3097@cindex addresses, format of
3098@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3099In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3100@display
3101(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3102@end display
3103@noindent
a4fb0134 3104Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3105nature.
3106@ifset SOM
3107(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3108symbol-relative instead.)
3109@end ifset
3110
3111In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3112@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3113
3114Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3115@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3116addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3117@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3118@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3119data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3120their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3121part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3122address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3123
3124The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3125address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3126rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3127Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3128address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3129common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3130time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3131
3132By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3133the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3134sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3135customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3136the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3137data and bss sections.
3138
3139Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3140use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3141
3142@node Ld Sections
3143@section Linker Sections
3144@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3145
3146@table @strong
3147
c1253627 3148@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3149@cindex named sections
3150@cindex sections, named
3151@item named sections
3152@end ifset
3153@ifset aout-bout
3154@cindex text section
3155@cindex data section
3156@itemx text section
3157@itemx data section
3158@end ifset
a4fb0134 3159These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3160separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3161true of another.
3162@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3163When the program is running, however, it is
3164customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3165text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3166instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3167program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3168in the data section.
c1253627 3169@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3170
3171@cindex bss section
3172@item bss section
3173This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3174is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3175each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3176out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3177bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3178those explicit zeros from object files.
3179
3180@cindex absolute section
3181@item absolute section
3182Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3183This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3184not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3185addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3186
3187@cindex undefined section
3188@item undefined section
3189This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3190the preceding sections.
3191@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3192@end table
3193
3194@cindex relocation example
3195An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3196@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3197The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3198@end ifset
3199Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3200
3201@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3202@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3203@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3204@smallexample
3205 +-----+----+--+
3206partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3207 +-----+----+--+
3208
3209 text data bss
3210 seg. seg. seg.
3211
3212 +---+---+---+
3213partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3214 +---+---+---+
3215
3216 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3217linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3218 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3219
3220 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3221@end smallexample
3222@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3223@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3224@need 5000
3225@tex
c1253627 3226\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3227\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3228\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3229\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3230
3231\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3232\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3233\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3234
3235\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3236\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3237\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3238ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3239DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3240
3241\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3242\line{0\dots\hfil}
3243
3244@end tex
3245@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3246
3247@node As Sections
3248@section Assembler Internal Sections
3249
3250@cindex internal assembler sections
3251@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3252These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3253have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3254sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3255warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3256meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3257value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3258section-relative address.
3259
3260@table @b
3261@cindex assembler internal logic error
3262@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3263An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3264bug in the assembler.
3265
3266@cindex expr (internal section)
3267@item expr section
3268The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3269symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3270it in the expr section.
3271@c FIXME item debug
3272@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3273@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3274@c FIXME item register
3275@end table
3276
3277@node Sub-Sections
3278@section Sub-Sections
3279
3280@cindex numbered subsections
3281@cindex grouping data
3282@ifset aout-bout
3283Assembled bytes
c1253627 3284@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3285conventionally
3286@end ifset
3287fall into two sections: text and data.
3288@end ifset
3289You may have separate groups of
3290@ifset GENERIC
3291data in named sections
3292@end ifset
3293@ifclear GENERIC
3294@ifclear aout-bout
3295data in named sections
3296@end ifclear
3297@ifset aout-bout
3298text or data
3299@end ifset
3300@end ifclear
3301that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3302are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3303use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3304numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3305same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3306subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3307section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3308assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3309section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3310constants being output.
3311
3312Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3313goes in subsection number zero.
3314
3315@ifset GENERIC
3316Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3317(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3318of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3319@end ifset
3320@ifclear GENERIC
3321@ifset H8
7be1c489 3322On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3323boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3324The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3325@end ifset
3326@ifset I960
3327@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3328@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3329@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3330@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3331@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3332@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3333@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3334@end ifclear
3335
3336Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3337to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3338The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3339other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3340They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3341data subsections as a data section.
3342
3343To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3344into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3345@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3346@ifset COFF
252b5132 3347@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3348When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3349@end ifset
3350@ifclear GENERIC
3351You
3352@end ifclear
3353can also use an extra subsection
3354argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3355@var{expression}}.
3356@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3357@ifset ELF
3358@ifset GENERIC
3359When generating ELF output, you
3360@end ifset
3361@ifclear GENERIC
3362You
3363@end ifclear
3364can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3365to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3366@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3367@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3368(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3369is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3370begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3371@smallexample
3372.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3373.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3374.text 1
3375.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3376.data 0
3377.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3378.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3379.text 0
3380.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3381.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3382@end smallexample
3383
3384Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3385assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3386restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3387counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3388@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3389current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3390assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3391
3392@node bss
3393@section bss Section
3394
3395@cindex bss section
3396@cindex common variable storage
3397The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3398You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3399not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3400your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3401section are zeroed bytes.
3402
3403The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3404@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3405
3406The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3407another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3408
3409@ifset GENERIC
3410When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3411COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3412see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3413section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3414@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3415@end ifset
3416
3417@node Symbols
3418@chapter Symbols
3419
3420@cindex symbols
3421Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3422things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3423to debug.
3424
3425@quotation
3426@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3427@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3428the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3429@end quotation
3430
3431@menu
3432* Labels:: Labels
3433* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3434* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3435* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3436* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3437@end menu
3438
3439@node Labels
3440@section Labels
3441
3442@cindex labels
3443A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3444@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3445active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3446operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3447different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3448definitions.
3449
3450@ifset HPPA
3451On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3452colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3453a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3454provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3455@end ifset
3456
3457@node Setting Symbols
3458@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3459
3460@cindex assigning values to symbols
3461@cindex symbol values, assigning
3462A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3463by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3464(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3465directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3466equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3467@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3468
f8739b83
JZ
3469@ifset Blackfin
3470Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3471@end ifset
3472
252b5132
RH
3473@node Symbol Names
3474@section Symbol Names
3475
3476@cindex symbol names
3477@cindex names, symbol
3478@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3479Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3480machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3481noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3482string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3483particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3484@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3485@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3486@ifset H8
3487Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3488Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3489character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3490on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3491@end ifset
3492@end ifset
3493
3494Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3495than @code{Foo}.
3496
7bfd842d
NC
3497Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3498multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3499@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3500currently supported.
3501
252b5132
RH
3502Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3503refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3504in a program.
3505
3506@subheading Local Symbol Names
3507
3508@cindex local symbol names
3509@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3510A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3511By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3512@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3513set of local label prefixes.
3514@ifset HPPA
3515On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3516@end ifset
3517
3518Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3519normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3520You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3521@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3522
3523@subheading Local Labels
3524
3525@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3526@cindex temporary symbol names
3527@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3528Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3529They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3530the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3531To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3532represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3533definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3534you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3535@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3536for ``forwards''.
3537
3538There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3539too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3540the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3541defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3542definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3543noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3544implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3545
3546Here is an example:
3547
3548@smallexample
35491: branch 1f
35502: branch 1b
35511: branch 2f
35522: branch 1b
3553@end smallexample
3554
3555Which is the equivalent of:
3556
3557@smallexample
3558label_1: branch label_3
3559label_2: branch label_1
3560label_3: branch label_4
3561label_4: branch label_3
3562@end smallexample
3563
ba83aca1 3564Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3565transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3566The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3567are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3568these parts:
252b5132
RH
3569
3570@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3571@item @emph{local label prefix}
3572All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3573Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3574that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3575used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3576@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3577object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3578you may use them in debugging.
3579
2d5aaba0
NC
3580@item @var{number}
3581This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3582label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3583
2d5aaba0
NC
3584@item @kbd{C-B}
3585This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3586of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3587
3588@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3589This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3590@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3591number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3592the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3593@end table
3594
ba83aca1
BW
3595So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3596the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3597
3598@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3599@cindex dollar local symbols
3600
3601@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3602dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3603soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3604region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3605scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3606the same local label.
3607
3608Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3609except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3610@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3611
3612They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3613names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3614to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3615@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3616
3617@node Dot
3618@section The Special Dot Symbol
3619
3620@cindex dot (symbol)
3621@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3622@cindex current address
3623@cindex location counter
3624The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3625@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3626.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3627Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3628directive.
252b5132 3629@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3630Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3631@samp{.space 4}.
3632@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3633
3634@node Symbol Attributes
3635@section Symbol Attributes
3636
3637@cindex symbol attributes
3638@cindex attributes, symbol
3639Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3640``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3641attributes.
3642@ifset INTERNALS
3643The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3644@end ifset
3645
a4fb0134 3646If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3647all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3648symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3649would want.
3650
3651@menu
3652* Symbol Value:: Value
3653* Symbol Type:: Type
3654@ifset aout-bout
3655@ifset GENERIC
3656* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3657@end ifset
3658@ifclear GENERIC
3659@ifclear BOUT
3660* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3661@end ifclear
3662@ifset BOUT
3663* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3664@end ifset
3665@end ifclear
3666@end ifset
3667@ifset COFF
3668* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3669@end ifset
3670@ifset SOM
3671* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3672@end ifset
3673@end menu
3674
3675@node Symbol Value
3676@subsection Value
3677
3678@cindex value of a symbol
3679@cindex symbol value
3680The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3681location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3682number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3683Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3684as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3685symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3686called absolute.
3687
3688The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36890 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3690@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3691same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3692name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3693common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3694bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3695allocated storage.
3696
3697@node Symbol Type
3698@subsection Type
3699
3700@cindex type of a symbol
3701@cindex symbol type
3702The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3703information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3704(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3705format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3706
3707@ifset aout-bout
3708@ifclear GENERIC
3709@ifset BOUT
3710@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3711@c better if it were available outside examples.
3712@need 1000
3713@node a.out Symbols
3714@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3715
3716@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3717@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3718These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3719one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3720@code{b.out}.
3721
3722@end ifset
3723@ifclear BOUT
3724@node a.out Symbols
3725@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3726
3727@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3728@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3729
3730@end ifclear
3731@end ifclear
3732@ifset GENERIC
3733@node a.out Symbols
3734@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3735
3736@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3737@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3738
3739@end ifset
3740@menu
3741* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3742* Symbol Other:: Other
3743@end menu
3744
3745@node Symbol Desc
3746@subsubsection Descriptor
3747
3748@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3749This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3750descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3751(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3752@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3753
3754@node Symbol Other
3755@subsubsection Other
3756
3757@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3758This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3759@end ifset
3760
3761@ifset COFF
3762@node COFF Symbols
3763@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3764
3765@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3766@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3767
3768The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3769like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3770@code{.endef} directives.
3771
3772@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3773
3774@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3775The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3776respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3777
3778@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3779
3780@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3781The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3782@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3783table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3784@end ifset
3785
3786@ifset SOM
3787@node SOM Symbols
3788@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3789
3790@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3791@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3792
3793The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3794the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3795
01642c12 3796The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3797Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3798@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3799@end ifset
3800
3801@node Expressions
3802@chapter Expressions
3803
3804@cindex expressions
3805@cindex addresses
3806@cindex numeric values
3807An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3808Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3809
3810The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3811a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3812enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3813section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3814the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3815@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3816
3817@menu
3818* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3819* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3820@end menu
3821
3822@node Empty Exprs
3823@section Empty Expressions
3824
3825@cindex empty expressions
3826@cindex expressions, empty
3827An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3828Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3829expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3830is compatible with other assemblers.
3831
3832@node Integer Exprs
3833@section Integer Expressions
3834
3835@cindex integer expressions
3836@cindex expressions, integer
3837An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3838by @emph{operators}.
3839
3840@menu
3841* Arguments:: Arguments
3842* Operators:: Operators
3843* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3844* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3845@end menu
3846
3847@node Arguments
3848@subsection Arguments
3849
3850@cindex expression arguments
3851@cindex arguments in expressions
3852@cindex operands in expressions
3853@cindex arithmetic operands
3854@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3855contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3856this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3857the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3858expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3859instruction operands.
3860
3861Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3862@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3863or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3864integer.
3865
3866Numbers are usually integers.
3867
3868A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3869that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3870these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3871instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3872assemblers.
3873
3874@cindex subexpressions
3875Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3876expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3877operator followed by an argument.
3878
3879@node Operators
3880@subsection Operators
3881
3882@cindex operators, in expressions
3883@cindex arithmetic functions
3884@cindex functions, in expressions
3885@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3886operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3887between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3888whitespace.
3889
3890@node Prefix Ops
3891@subsection Prefix Operator
3892
3893@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3894@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3895one argument, which must be absolute.
3896
3897@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3898@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3899@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3900@tex
3901\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3902@end tex
3903
3904@table @code
3905@item -
3906@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3907@item ~
3908@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3909@end table
3910
3911@tex
3912\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3913@end tex
3914
3915@node Infix Ops
3916@subsection Infix Operators
3917
3918@cindex infix operators
3919@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3920@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3921have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3922to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3923absolute, and the result is absolute.
3924
3925@enumerate
3926@cindex operator precedence
3927@cindex precedence of operators
3928
3929@item
3930Highest Precedence
3931
3932@table @code
3933@item *
3934@dfn{Multiplication}.
3935
3936@item /
3937@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3938
3939@item %
3940@dfn{Remainder}.
3941
d1eac9d9 3942@item <<
252b5132
RH
3943@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3944
d1eac9d9 3945@item >>
252b5132
RH
3946@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3947@end table
3948
3949@item
3950Intermediate precedence
3951
3952@table @code
3953@item |
3954
3955@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3956
3957@item &
3958@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3959
3960@item ^
3961@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3962
3963@item !
3964@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3965@end table
3966
3967@item
b131d4dc 3968Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3969
3970@table @code
3971@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3972@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3973@cindex arguments for addition
3974@item +
3975@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3976the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3977sections.
3978
3979@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3980@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3981@cindex arguments for subtraction
3982@item -
3983@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3984result has the section of the left argument.
3985If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3986You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3987@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3988
3989@cindex comparison expressions
3990@cindex expressions, comparison
3991@item ==
3992@dfn{Is Equal To}
3993@item <>
723a8472 3994@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3995@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3996@item <
3997@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3998@item >
b131d4dc 3999@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4000@item >=
b131d4dc 4001@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4002@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4003@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4004
4005The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4006value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4007perform signed comparisons.
4008@end table
4009
4010@item Lowest Precedence
4011
4012@table @code
4013@item &&
4014@dfn{Logical And}.
4015
4016@item ||
4017@dfn{Logical Or}.
4018
4019These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4020expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4021value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4022or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4023
252b5132
RH
4024@end table
4025@end enumerate
4026
4027In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4028address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4029
4030@node Pseudo Ops
4031@chapter Assembler Directives
4032
4033@cindex directives, machine independent
4034@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4035@cindex machine independent directives
4036All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4037The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4038
4039This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4040target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4041@ifset GENERIC
4042Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4043@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4044@end ifset
4045@ifclear GENERIC
4046@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4047@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4048@end ifset
4049@end ifclear
4050
4051@menu
4052* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4053@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4054* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4055@end ifset
f0dc282c 4056
252b5132 4057* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4058* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4059* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4060* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4061* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4062* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4063* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4064* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4065* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4066* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4067@ifset COFF
4068* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4069@end ifset
4070@ifset aout-bout
4071* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4072@end ifset
4073@ifset COFF
4074* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4075@end ifset
f0dc282c 4076
252b5132
RH
4077* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4078* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4079* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4080* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4081* End:: @code{.end}
4082@ifset COFF
4083* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4084@end ifset
f0dc282c 4085
252b5132
RH
4086* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4087* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4088* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4089* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4090* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4091* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4092* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4093* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4094* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4095* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4096* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4097* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4098* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4099* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4100* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4101@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4102* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4103* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4104@end ifset
f0dc282c 4105
252b5132
RH
4106* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4107* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4108* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4109* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4110* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4111* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4112@ifset ELF
4113* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4114@end ifset
f0dc282c 4115
252b5132
RH
4116* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4117* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4118* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4119* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4120@ifclear no-line-dir
4121* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4122@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4123
252b5132
RH
4124* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4125* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4126* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4127* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4128* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4129@ifset ELF
4130* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4131@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4132
252b5132
RH
4133* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4134@ignore
4135* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4136@end ignore
f0dc282c 4137
252b5132
RH
4138* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4139* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4140* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4141* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4142* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4143* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4144* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4145* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4146@ifset ELF
4147* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4148* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4149@end ifset
f0dc282c 4150
252b5132 4151* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4152@ifset ELF
4153* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4154@end ifset
f0dc282c 4155
252b5132
RH
4156* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4157* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4158@ifset ELF
4159* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4160@end ifset
f0dc282c 4161
252b5132 4162* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4163* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4164* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4165* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4166@ifset COFF
4167* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4168@end ifset
4169@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4170* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4171@end ifset
f0dc282c 4172
252b5132
RH
4173* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4174* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4175* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4176@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4177* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4178@end ifset
884f0d36 4179@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4180* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4181@end ifclear
4182
252b5132 4183* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4184@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4185* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4186@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4187@ifset have-stabs
4188* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4189@end ifset
f0dc282c 4190
38a57ae7 4191* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4192* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4193@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4194* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4195* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4196@end ifset
f0dc282c 4197
252b5132
RH
4198@ifset COFF
4199* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4200@end ifset
f0dc282c 4201
252b5132
RH
4202* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4203* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4204@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4205* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4206@end ifset
4207
c91d2e08 4208* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4209@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4210* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4211@end ifset
f0dc282c 4212
2e13b764 4213@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4214* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4215* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4216* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4217@end ifset
f0dc282c 4218
d190d046 4219* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4220* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4221* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4222* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4223* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4224@end menu
4225
4226@node Abort
4227@section @code{.abort}
4228
4229@cindex @code{abort} directive
4230@cindex stopping the assembly
4231This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4232compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4233assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4234of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4235quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4236
4237@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4238@node ABORT (COFF)
4239@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4240
4241@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4242When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4243synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4244
4245@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4246When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4247but ignores it.
4248@end ifset
4249@end ifset
4250
4251@node Align
4252@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4253
4254@cindex padding the location counter
4255@cindex @code{align} directive
4256Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4257boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4258required, as described below.
4259
4260The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4261padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4262padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4263marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4264with no-op instructions.
4265
4266The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4267it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4268directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4269specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4270fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4271required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4272with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4273
4274The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4275For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4276s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4277alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4278the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4279is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4280first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4281
9e9a9798 4282For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4283strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4284number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4285advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4286counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4287multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4288
4289This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4290native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4291GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4292described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4293architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4294
ccf8a69b
BW
4295@node Altmacro
4296@section @code{.altmacro}
4297Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4298
4299@ftable @code
4300@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4301One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4302generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4303replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4304replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4305separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4306define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4307
4308@item String delimiters
4309You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4310@code{"@var{string}"}:
4311
4312@table @code
4313@item '@var{string}'
4314You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4315
4316@item <@var{string}>
4317You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4318@end table
4319
4320@item single-character string escape
4321To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4322character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4323character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4324write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4325
4326@item Expression results as strings
4327You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4328and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4329@end ftable
4330
252b5132
RH
4331@node Ascii
4332@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4333
4334@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4335@cindex string literals
4336@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4337separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4338trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4339
4340@node Asciz
4341@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4342
4343@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4344@cindex zero-terminated strings
4345@cindex null-terminated strings
4346@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4347a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4348
4349@node Balign
4350@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4351
4352@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4353@cindex @code{balign} directive
4354Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4355storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4356alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4357the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4358is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4359
4360The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4361padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4362padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4363marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4364with no-op instructions.
4365
4366The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4367it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4368directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4369specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4370fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4371required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4372with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4373
4374@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4375@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4376The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4377@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4378pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4379fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43804,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4381filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4382the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4383undefined.
4384
fa94de6b
RM
4385@node Bundle directives
4386@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4387@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4388@cindex bundle
4389@cindex instruction bundle
4390@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4391@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4392bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4393into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4394disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4395gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4396@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4397
4398For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4399certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4400instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4401@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4402chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4403effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4404instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4405that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4406end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4407starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4408instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4409
4410@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4411@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4412@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4413The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4414allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4415are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4416aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4417@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4418directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4419
4420@cindex bundle-locked
4421For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4422appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4423instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4424and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4425instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4426sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4427@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4428entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4429boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4430first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4431aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4432bundle size.
4433
d416e51d
RM
4434For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4435inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4436nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4437@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4438matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4439same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4440
252b5132
RH
4441@node Byte
4442@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4443
4444@cindex @code{byte} directive
4445@cindex integers, one byte
4446@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4447Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4448
54cfded0 4449@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4450@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4451@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4452@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4453should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4454If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4455if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4456To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4457directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4458
4b7d318b 4459@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4460@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4461@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4462should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4463data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4464@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4465
01642c12 4466Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4467it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4468
54cfded0
AM
4469@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4470@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4471@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4472unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4473@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4474
9b8ae42e
JJ
4475@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4476@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4477@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4478should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4479argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4480a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4481the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4482can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4483The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4484no personality routine.
4485
4486@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4487@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4488@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4489should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4490argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4491or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4492no LSDA.
4493
54cfded0 4494@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4495@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4496address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4497
4498@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4499@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4500now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4501remains the same.
4502
4503@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4504@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4505remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4506absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4507CFA address.
4508
4509@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4510Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4511value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4512
4513@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4514Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4515CFA.
54cfded0 4516
17076204
RH
4517@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4518Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4519the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4520using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4521This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4522code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4523
4b7d318b
L
4524@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4525Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4526
4527@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4528@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4529same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4530instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4531
4532@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4533From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4534
4535@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4536Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4537i.e. no restoration needed.
4538
01642c12
RM
4539@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4540First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4541then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4542everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4543the previous saved state.
4544
4545@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4546Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4547directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4548
63752a75
JJ
4549@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4550Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4551
6749011b 4552@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4553SPARC register window has been saved.
4554
cdfbf930
RH
4555@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4556Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4557might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4558opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4559
f1c4cc75
RH
4560@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4561The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4562will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4563description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4564
4565The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4566limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4567mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4568by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4569or another register.
4570
ccf8a69b
BW
4571@node Comm
4572@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4573
ccf8a69b
BW
4574@cindex @code{comm} directive
4575@cindex symbol, common
4576@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4577common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4578of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4579definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4580allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4581absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4582the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4583using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4584
c1711530
DK
4585@ifset COFF-ELF
4586When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4587an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4588specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4589that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4590as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4591boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4592power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4593common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4594alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4595largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4596maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4597is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4598@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4599multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4600It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4601(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4602@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4603
ccf8a69b
BW
4604@ifset HPPA
4605The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4606@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4607@end ifset
07a53e5c 4608
252b5132
RH
4609@node Data
4610@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4611
4612@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4613@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4614end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4615absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4616to zero.
4617
4618@ifset COFF
4619@node Def
4620@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4621
4622@cindex @code{def} directive
4623@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4624@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4625Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4626definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4627@ifset BOUT
4628
a4fb0134 4629This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4630format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4631but ignored.
4632@end ifset
4633@end ifset
4634
4635@ifset aout-bout
4636@node Desc
4637@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4638
4639@cindex @code{desc} directive
4640@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4641@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4642This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4643to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4644
4645@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4646The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4647configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4648object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4649it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4650@end ifset
4651@end ifset
4652
4653@ifset COFF
4654@node Dim
4655@section @code{.dim}
4656
4657@cindex @code{dim} directive
4658@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4659@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4660This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4661information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4662@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4663@ifset BOUT
4664
4665@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4666@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4667ignores it.
4668@end ifset
4669@end ifset
4670
4671@node Double
4672@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4673
4674@cindex @code{double} directive
4675@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4676@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4677assembles floating point numbers.
4678@ifset GENERIC
4679The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4680@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4681@end ifset
4682@ifclear GENERIC
4683@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4684On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4685in @sc{ieee} format.
4686@end ifset
4687@end ifclear
4688
4689@node Eject
4690@section @code{.eject}
4691
4692@cindex @code{eject} directive
4693@cindex new page, in listings
4694@cindex page, in listings
4695@cindex listing control: new page
4696Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4697
4698@node Else
4699@section @code{.else}
4700
4701@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4702@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4703assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4704of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4705was false.
4706
3fd9f047
TW
4707@node Elseif
4708@section @code{.elseif}
4709
4710@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4711@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4712assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4713@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4714
252b5132
RH
4715@node End
4716@section @code{.end}
4717
4718@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4719@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4720process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4721
4722@ifset COFF
4723@node Endef
4724@section @code{.endef}
4725
4726@cindex @code{endef} directive
4727This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4728@code{.def}.
4729@ifset BOUT
4730
4731@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4732@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4733directive but ignores it.
4734@end ifset
4735@end ifset
4736
4737@node Endfunc
4738@section @code{.endfunc}
4739@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4740@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4741
4742@node Endif
4743@section @code{.endif}
4744
4745@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4746@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4747it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4748conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4749
4750@node Equ
4751@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4752
4753@cindex @code{equ} directive
4754@cindex assigning values to symbols
4755@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4756This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4757It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4758
4759@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4760The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4761@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4762@end ifset
4763
3c9b82ba 4764@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4765The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4766@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4767On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4768but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4769Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4770@end ifset
4771
252b5132
RH
4772@node Equiv
4773@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4774@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4775The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4776the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4777symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4778undefined.
252b5132 4779
01642c12 4780Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4781@smallexample
4782.ifdef SYM
4783.err
4784.endif
4785.equ SYM,VAL
4786@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4787plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4788
4789@node Eqv
4790@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4791@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4792The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4793evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4794the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4795value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4796
4797@node Err
4798@section @code{.err}
4799@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4800If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4801message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4802object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4803
d190d046
HPN
4804@node Error
4805@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4806@cindex error directive
4807
4808Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4809string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4810message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4811@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4812
4813@smallexample
4814 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4815@end smallexample
4816
252b5132
RH
4817@node Exitm
4818@section @code{.exitm}
4819Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4820
4821@node Extern
4822@section @code{.extern}
4823
4824@cindex @code{extern} directive
4825@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4826with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4827all undefined symbols as external.
4828
4829@node Fail
4830@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4831
4832@cindex @code{fail} directive
4833Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4834or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4835than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4836include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4837complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4838
252b5132 4839@node File
14082c76 4840@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4841@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4842
4843@ifclear no-file-dir
4844There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4845that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4846@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4847
4848@subheading Default Version
4849
252b5132
RH
4850@cindex logical file name
4851@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4852This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4853are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4854
4855@smallexample
4856.file @var{string}
4857@end smallexample
4858
4859@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4860recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4861to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4862statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4863old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4864
4865@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4866@end ifclear
4867
14082c76
BW
4868When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4869to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4870
4871@smallexample
4872.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4873@end smallexample
4874
4875The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4876index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4877literal.
4878
4879The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4880table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4881information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4882entries will have.
4883
252b5132
RH
4884@node Fill
4885@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4886
4887@cindex @code{fill} directive
4888@cindex writing patterns in memory
4889@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4890@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4891This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4892may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4893more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4894other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4895is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4896zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4897byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4898Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4899@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4900compatible with other people's assemblers.
4901
4902@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4903If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4904assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4905@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4906
4907@node Float
4908@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4909
4910@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4911@cindex @code{float} directive
4912This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4913has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4914@ifset GENERIC
4915The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4916@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4917@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4918@end ifset
4919@ifclear GENERIC
4920@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4921On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4922in @sc{ieee} format.
4923@end ifset
4924@end ifclear
4925
4926@node Func
4927@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4928@cindex @code{func} directive
4929@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4930is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4931Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4932@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4933prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4934@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4935All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4936The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4937
4938@node Global
4939@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4940
4941@cindex @code{global} directive
4942@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4943@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4944@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4945other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4946@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4947from another file linked into the same program.
4948
4949Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4950compatibility with other assemblers.
4951
4952@ifset HPPA
4953On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4954partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4955@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4956@end ifset
4957
c91d2e08 4958@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4959@node Gnu_attribute
4960@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4961Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4962
c91d2e08
NC
4963@node Hidden
4964@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4965
c1253627
NC
4966@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4967@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4968This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4969@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4970@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4971
4972This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4973their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4974@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4975Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4976@end ifset
4977
252b5132
RH
4978@node hword
4979@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4980
4981@cindex @code{hword} directive
4982@cindex integers, 16-bit
4983@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4984@cindex sixteen bit integers
4985This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4986a 16 bit number for each.
4987
4988@ifset GENERIC
4989This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4990architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4991@end ifset
4992@ifclear GENERIC
4993@ifset W32
4994This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4995@end ifset
4996@ifset W16
4997This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4998@end ifset
4999@end ifclear
5000
5001@node Ident
5002@section @code{.ident}
5003
5004@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5005
5006This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5007behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5008a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5009source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5010for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5011@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5012emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5013
5014@node If
5015@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5016
5017@cindex conditional assembly
5018@cindex @code{if} directive
5019@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5020considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5021(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5022the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5023(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5024alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5025If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5026nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5027
5028The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5029@table @code
5030@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5031@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5032Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5033has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5034is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5035
26aca5f6
JB
5036@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5037@item .ifb @var{text}
5038Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5039
252b5132
RH
5040@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5041@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5042Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5043strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5044the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5045end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5046string comparison is case sensitive.
5047
5048@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5049@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5050Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5051
5052@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5053@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5054Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5055
5056@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5057@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5058Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5059equal to zero.
5060
5061@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5062@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5063Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5064
5065@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5066@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5067Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5068to zero.
5069
5070@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5071@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5072Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5073
26aca5f6
JB
5074@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5075@item .ifnb @var{text}
5076Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5077following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5078
252b5132
RH
5079@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5080@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5081Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5082following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5083
5084@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5085@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5086@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5087@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5088Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5089has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5090which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5091
5092@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5093@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5094Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5095(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5096
5097@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5098@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5099Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5100following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5101@end table
5102
7e005732
NC
5103@node Incbin
5104@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5105
5106@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5107@cindex binary files, including
5108The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5109location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5110option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5111around @var{file}.
5112
5113The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5114@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5115read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5116responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5117after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5118
252b5132
RH
5119@node Include
5120@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5121
5122@cindex @code{include} directive
5123@cindex supporting files, including
5124@cindex files, including
5125This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5126points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5127if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5128included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5129can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5130(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5131around @var{file}.
5132
5133@node Int
5134@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5135
5136@cindex @code{int} directive
5137@cindex integers, 32-bit
5138Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5139For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5140expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5141of target the assembly is for.
5142
5143@ifclear GENERIC
5144@ifset H8
7be1c489 5145On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5146integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
514732-bit integers.
5148@end ifset
5149@end ifclear
5150
c91d2e08
NC
5151@ifset ELF
5152@node Internal
5153@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5154
c1253627
NC
5155@cindex @code{internal} directive
5156@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5157This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5158@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5159@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5160
5161This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5162their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5163@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5164(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5165processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5166@end ifset
5167
252b5132
RH
5168@node Irp
5169@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5170
5171@cindex @code{irp} directive
5172Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5173The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5174terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5175set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5176@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5177@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5178sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5179
5180For example, assembling
5181
5182@example
5183 .irp param,1,2,3
5184 move d\param,sp@@-
5185 .endr
5186@end example
5187
5188is equivalent to assembling
5189
5190@example
5191 move d1,sp@@-
5192 move d2,sp@@-
5193 move d3,sp@@-
5194@end example
5195
96e9638b 5196For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5197
252b5132
RH
5198@node Irpc
5199@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5200
5201@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5202Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5203The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5204terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5205@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5206assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5207assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5208@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5209
5210For example, assembling
5211
5212@example
5213 .irpc param,123
5214 move d\param,sp@@-
5215 .endr
5216@end example
5217
5218is equivalent to assembling
5219
5220@example
5221 move d1,sp@@-
5222 move d2,sp@@-
5223 move d3,sp@@-
5224@end example
5225
5e75c3ab
JB
5226For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5227at @xref{Macro}.
5228
252b5132
RH
5229@node Lcomm
5230@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5231
5232@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5233@cindex local common symbols
5234@cindex symbols, local common
5235Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5236denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5237those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5238section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5239is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5240not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5241
5242@ifset GENERIC
5243Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5244argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5245@end ifset
5246
5247@ifset HPPA
5248The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5249@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5250@end ifset
5251
5252@node Lflags
5253@section @code{.lflags}
5254
5255@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5256@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5257assemblers, but ignores it.
5258
5259@ifclear no-line-dir
5260@node Line
5261@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5262
5263@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5264@cindex logical line number
5265@ifset aout-bout
5266Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5267expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5268statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5269reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5270@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5271for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5272@end ifset
5273
252b5132 5274Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5275@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5276when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5277were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5278@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5279
5280Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5281used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5282debugging.
5283@end ifclear
5284
5285@node Linkonce
5286@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5287@cindex COMDAT
5288@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5289@cindex common sections
5290Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5291This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5292but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5293The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5294Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5295unique.
5296
5297This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5298writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5299Executable format used on Windows NT.
5300
5301The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5302following strings. For example:
5303@smallexample
5304.linkonce same_size
5305@end smallexample
5306Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5307
5308@table @code
5309@item discard
5310Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5311
5312@item one_only
5313Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5314
5315@item same_size
5316Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5317
5318@item same_contents
5319Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5320@end table
5321
ccf8a69b
BW
5322@node List
5323@section @code{.list}
5324
5325@cindex @code{list} directive
5326@cindex listing control, turning on
5327Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5328not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5329internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5330counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5331generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5332
5333By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5334@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5335the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5336
252b5132
RH
5337@node Ln
5338@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5339
5340@cindex @code{ln} directive
5341@ifclear no-line-dir
5342@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5343@end ifclear
5344@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5345Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5346must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5347line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5348statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5349line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5350@ifset BOUT
5351
a4fb0134 5352This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5353configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5354output format.
5355@end ifset
5356@end ifset
5357
ccf8a69b
BW
5358@node Loc
5359@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5360@cindex @code{loc} directive
5361When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5362the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5363number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5364instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5365arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5366the row is added.
252b5132 5367
ccf8a69b
BW
5368The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5369
5370@table @code
5371@item basic_block
5372This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5373@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5374
5375@item prologue_end
5376This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5377@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5378
5379@item epilogue_begin
5380This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5381@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5382
5383@item is_stmt @var{value}
5384This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5385@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5386either 0 or 1.
5387
5388@item isa @var{value}
5389This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5390state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5391
92846e72
CC
5392@item discriminator @var{value}
5393This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5394state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5395
ccf8a69b
BW
5396@end table
5397
5398@node Loc_mark_labels
5399@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5400@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5401When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5402the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5403to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5404register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5405The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5406this function respectively.
252b5132 5407
4d4175af
BW
5408@ifset ELF
5409@node Local
5410@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5411
5412@cindex @code{local} directive
5413This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5414the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5415will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5416they will be created.
5417
5418For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5419accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5420the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5421(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5422@end ifset
5423
252b5132
RH
5424@node Long
5425@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5426
5427@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5428@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5429
5430@ignore
5431@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5432@c what it really ought to do
5433@node Lsym
5434@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5435
5436@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5437@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5438@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5439the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5440rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5441the same as the expression value:
5442@smallexample
5443@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5444@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5445@var{value} = @var{expression}
5446@end smallexample
5447@noindent
5448The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5449@end ignore
5450
5451@node Macro
5452@section @code{.macro}
5453
5454@cindex macros
5455The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5456generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5457@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5458
5459@example
5460 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5461 .long \from
5462 .if \to-\from
5463 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5464 .endif
5465 .endm
5466@end example
5467
5468@noindent
5469With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5470
5471@example
5472 .long 0
5473 .long 1
5474 .long 2
5475 .long 3
5476 .long 4
5477 .long 5
5478@end example
5479
5480@ftable @code
5481@item .macro @var{macname}
5482@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5483@cindex @code{macro} directive
5484Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5485definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5486separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5487indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5488@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5489(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5490macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5491cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5492subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5493definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5494
5495@table @code
5496@item .macro comm
5497Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5498arguments.
5499
6258339f 5500@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5501@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5502Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5503which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5504@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5505
5506@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5507Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5508arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5509After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5510@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5511@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5512,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5513@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5514
6eaeac8a
JB
5515@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5516Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5517arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5518not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5519will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5520
252b5132
RH
5521When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5522position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5523@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5524
6258339f
NC
5525@end table
5526
5e75c3ab
JB
5527Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5528as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5529occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5530characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5531(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5532architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5533character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5534replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5535construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5536identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5537this macro definition:
5538
5539@example
5540 .macro label l
5541\l:
5542 .endm
5543@end example
5544
5545might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5546called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5547assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5548identifier.
5549
5550Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5551which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5552for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5553length specifier like this:
5554
5555@example
5556 .macro opcode base length
5557 \base.\length
5558 .endm
5559@end example
5560
5561and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5562instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5563interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5564
5565There are several possible ways around this problem:
5566
5567@table @code
5568@item Insert white space
5569If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5570solution. eg:
5571
5572@example
5573 .macro label l
5574\l :
5575 .endm
5576@end example
5577
5578@item Use @samp{\()}
5579The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5580the following text. eg:
5581
5582@example
5583 .macro opcode base length
5584 \base\().\length
5585 .endm
5586@end example
5587
5588@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5589In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5590used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5591
5592@example
5593 .altmacro
5594 .macro label l
5595l&:
5596 .endm
5597@end example
6258339f 5598@end table
5e75c3ab 5599
96e9638b 5600Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5601also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5602and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5603
252b5132
RH
5604@item .endm
5605@cindex @code{endm} directive
5606Mark the end of a macro definition.
5607
5608@item .exitm
5609@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5610Exit early from the current macro definition.
5611
5612@cindex number of macros executed
5613@cindex macros, count executed
5614@item \@@
a4fb0134 5615@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5616executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5617output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5618
252b5132
RH
5619@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5620@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5621macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5622@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5623@end ftable
252b5132 5624
ccf8a69b
BW
5625@node MRI
5626@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5627
ccf8a69b
BW
5628@cindex @code{mri} directive
5629@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5630If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5631@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5632affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5633of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5634
caa32fe5
NC
5635@node Noaltmacro
5636@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5637Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5638
252b5132
RH
5639@node Nolist
5640@section @code{.nolist}
5641
5642@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5643@cindex listing control, turning off
5644Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5645not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5646internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5647counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5648generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5649
5650@node Octa
5651@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5652
5653@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5654@cindex @code{octa} directive
5655@cindex integer, 16-byte
5656@cindex sixteen byte integer
5657This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5658bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5659
5660The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5661hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5662
9aec2026
NC
5663@node Offset
5664@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5665
5666@cindex @code{offset} directive
5667Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5668be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5669symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5670directive.
9aec2026 5671
252b5132
RH
5672@node Org
5673@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5674
5675@cindex @code{org} directive
5676@cindex location counter, advancing
5677@cindex advancing location counter
5678@cindex current address, advancing
5679Advance the location counter of the current section to
5680@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5681expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5682you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5683wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5684with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5685@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5686is the same as the current subsection.
5687
5688@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5689unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5690backwards.
5691
5692@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5693@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5694@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5695Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5696may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5697a chance to share your improved assembler.
5698
5699Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5700to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5701people's assemblers.
5702
5703When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5704intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5705absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5706@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5707
5708@node P2align
5709@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5710
5711@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5712@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5713Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5714storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5715number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5716advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5717counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5718multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5719
5720The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5721padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5722padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5723marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5724with no-op instructions.
5725
5726The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5727it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5728directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5729specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5730fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5731required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5732with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5733
5734@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5735@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5736The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5737@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5738pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5739fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57402,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5741filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5742the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5743undefined.
5744
ccf8a69b
BW
5745@ifset ELF
5746@node PopSection
5747@section @code{.popsection}
5748
5749@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5750@cindex Section Stack
5751This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5752@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5753@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5754(@pxref{Previous}).
5755
5756This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5757section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5758stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5759@end ifset
5760
c91d2e08
NC
5761@ifset ELF
5762@node Previous
5763@section @code{.previous}
5764
c1253627 5765@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5766@cindex Section Stack
5767This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5768@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5769@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5770(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5771
5772This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5773referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5774@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5775subsections). For example:
5776
5777@smallexample
5778.section A
5779 .subsection 1
5780 .word 0x1234
5781 .subsection 2
5782 .word 0x5678
5783.previous
5784 .word 0x9abc
5785@end smallexample
5786
5787Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5788section A. Whilst:
5789
5790@smallexample
5791.section A
5792.subsection 1
5793 # Now in section A subsection 1
5794 .word 0x1234
5795.section B
5796.subsection 0
5797 # Now in section B subsection 0
5798 .word 0x5678
5799.subsection 1
5800 # Now in section B subsection 1
5801 .word 0x9abc
5802.previous
5803 # Now in section B subsection 0
5804 .word 0xdef0
5805@end smallexample
5806
5807Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5808section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5809
5810In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5811the top section on the section stack.
5812@end ifset
5813
252b5132
RH
5814@node Print
5815@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5816
5817@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5818@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5819assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5820
c91d2e08
NC
5821@ifset ELF
5822@node Protected
5823@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5824
c1253627
NC
5825@cindex @code{protected} directive
5826@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5827This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5828@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5829
5830This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5831their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5832@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5833components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5834component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5835this.
c91d2e08
NC
5836@end ifset
5837
252b5132
RH
5838@node Psize
5839@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5840
5841@cindex @code{psize} directive
5842@cindex listing control: paper size
5843@cindex paper size, for listings
5844Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5845number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5846
5847If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5848of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5849default width is 200 columns.
5850
a4fb0134 5851@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5852lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5853@code{.eject}).
5854
5855If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5856those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5857
5858@node Purgem
5859@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5860
5861@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5862Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5863expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5864
c91d2e08
NC
5865@ifset ELF
5866@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5867@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5868
c1253627 5869@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5870@cindex Section Stack
5871This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5872@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5873@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5874(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5875
e9863d7f
DJ
5876This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5877top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5878subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5879@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5880as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5881@end ifset
5882
252b5132
RH
5883@node Quad
5884@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5885
5886@cindex @code{quad} directive
5887@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5888each bignum, it emits
5889@ifclear bignum-16
5890an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5891warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5892@cindex eight-byte integer
5893@cindex integer, 8-byte
5894
5895The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5896hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5897@end ifclear
5898@ifset bignum-16
5899a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5900warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5901@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5902@cindex integer, 16-byte
5903@end ifset
5904
05e9452c
AM
5905@node Reloc
5906@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5907
5908@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5909Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5910@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5911the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5912symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5913@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5914absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5915targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5916relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5917section.
5918
252b5132
RH
5919@node Rept
5920@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5921
5922@cindex @code{rept} directive
5923Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5924@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5925
5926For example, assembling
5927
5928@example
5929 .rept 3
5930 .long 0
5931 .endr
5932@end example
5933
5934is equivalent to assembling
5935
5936@example
5937 .long 0
5938 .long 0
5939 .long 0
5940@end example
5941
5942@node Sbttl
5943@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5944
5945@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5946@cindex subtitles for listings
5947@cindex listing control: subtitle
5948Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5949title line) when generating assembly listings.
5950
5951This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5952it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5953
5954@ifset COFF
5955@node Scl
5956@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5957
5958@cindex @code{scl} directive
5959@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5960@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5961Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5962used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5963whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5964symbolic debugging information.
5965@ifset BOUT
5966
5967The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5968configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5969accepts this directive but ignores it.
5970@end ifset
5971@end ifset
5972
c1253627 5973@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5974@node Section
c1253627 5975@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5976
252b5132
RH
5977@cindex named section
5978Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5979named @var{name}.
5980
5981This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5982named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5983with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5984
c1253627
NC
5985@ifset COFF
5986@ifset ELF
5987@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5988@subheading COFF Version
5989@end ifset
5990
5991@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5992For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5993ways:
c91d2e08 5994
252b5132
RH
5995@smallexample
5996.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5997.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5998@end smallexample
5999
6000If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6001section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6002@table @code
6003@item b
6004bss section (uninitialized data)
6005@item n
6006section is not loaded
6007@item w
6008writable section
6009@item d
6010data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6011@item e
6012exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6013@item r
6014read-only section
6015@item x
6016executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6017@item s
6018shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6019@item a
6020ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6021@item y
6022section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6023@item 0-9
6024single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6025@end table
6026
6027If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6028the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6029loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6030from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6031will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6032
6033If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6034taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6035@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6036
6037@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6038@ifset COFF
6039@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6040@subheading ELF Version
6041@end ifset
6042
c91d2e08
NC
6043@cindex Section Stack
6044This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6045@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6046(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6047@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6048
c1253627 6049@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6050For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6051
252b5132 6052@smallexample
7047dd1e 6053.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6054@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6055
252b5132 6056The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6057combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6058@table @code
6059@item a
6060section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6061@item e
6062section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6063@item w
6064section is writable
6065@item x
6066section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6067@item M
6068section is mergeable
6069@item S
6070section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6071@item G
6072section is a member of a section group
6073@item T
6074section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6075@item ?
6076section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6077@end table
6078
6079The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6080@table @code
6081@item @@progbits
6082section contains data
6083@item @@nobits
6084section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6085@item @@note
6086section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6087@item @@init_array
6088section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6089@item @@fini_array
6090section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6091@item @@preinit_array
6092section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6093@end table
6094
10b016c2
PB
6095Many targets only support the first three section types.
6096
ececec60
NC
6097Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6098ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6099@code{%} character.
6100
22fe14ad 6101If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6102be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6103
6104@smallexample
6105.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6106@end smallexample
6107
6108Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6109constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6110@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6111@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6112the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6113absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6114which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6115@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6116@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6117
6118If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6119be present along with an additional field like this:
6120
6121@smallexample
6122.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6123@end smallexample
6124
6125The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6126particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6127@table @code
6128@item comdat
6129indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6130@item .gnu.linkonce
6131an alias for comdat
6132@end table
6133
96e9638b 6134Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6135the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6136
6137@smallexample
6138.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6139@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6140
01642c12
RM
6141If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6142@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6143present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6144this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6145@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6146If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6147
252b5132
RH
6148If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6149the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6150none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6151executable. The section will contain data.
6152
6153For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6154directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6155
252b5132
RH
6156@smallexample
6157.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6158@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6159
252b5132
RH
6160Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6161separated flags:
6162@table @code
6163@item #alloc
6164section is allocatable
6165@item #write
6166section is writable
6167@item #execinstr
6168section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6169@item #exclude
6170section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6171@item #tls
6172section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6173@end table
c91d2e08 6174
e9863d7f
DJ
6175This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6176contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6177some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6178work.
c1253627
NC
6179@end ifset
6180@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6181
6182@node Set
6183@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6184
6185@cindex @code{set} directive
6186@cindex symbol value, setting
6187Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6188changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6189@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6190flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6191
6192You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6193
6194If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6195file is the last value stored into it.
6196
3c9b82ba
NC
6197@ifset Z80
6198On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6199@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6200@end ifset
6201
252b5132
RH
6202@node Short
6203@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6204
6205@cindex @code{short} directive
6206@ifset GENERIC
6207@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6208@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6209
6210In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6211numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6212@end ifset
6213@ifclear GENERIC
6214@ifset W16
6215@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6216@end ifset
6217@ifset W32
6218This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6219a 16 bit number for each.
6220@end ifset
6221@end ifclear
6222
6223@node Single
6224@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6225
6226@cindex @code{single} directive
6227@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6228This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6229has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6230@ifset GENERIC
6231The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6232@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6233@end ifset
6234@ifclear GENERIC
6235@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6236On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6237numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6238@end ifset
6239@end ifclear
6240
c1253627 6241@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6242@node Size
c1253627 6243@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6244
c1253627
NC
6245This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6246
6247@ifset COFF
6248@ifset ELF
6249@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6250@subheading COFF Version
6251@end ifset
6252
6253@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6254For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6255@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6256
6257@smallexample
6258.size @var{expression}
6259@end smallexample
252b5132 6260
c91d2e08 6261@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6262@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6263@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6264ignores it.
6265@end ifset
c1253627 6266@end ifset
c91d2e08 6267
c1253627
NC
6268@ifset ELF
6269@ifset COFF
6270@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6271@subheading ELF Version
6272@end ifset
6273
6274@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6275For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6276
c1253627
NC
6277@smallexample
6278.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6279@end smallexample
6280
6281This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6282The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6283arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6284symbols.
c1253627
NC
6285@end ifset
6286@end ifset
252b5132 6287
252b5132
RH
6288@ifclear no-space-dir
6289@node Skip
6290@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6291
6292@cindex @code{skip} directive
6293@cindex filling memory
6294This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6295@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6296@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6297@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6298@end ifclear
252b5132 6299
ccf8a69b
BW
6300@node Sleb128
6301@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6302
6303@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6304@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6305compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6306symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6307
884f0d36 6308@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6309@node Space
6310@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6311
6312@cindex @code{space} directive
6313@cindex filling memory
6314This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6315@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6316and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6317as @samp{.skip}.
6318
6319@ifset HPPA
6320@quotation
6321@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6322targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6323Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6324@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6325for a summary.
6326@end quotation
6327@end ifset
6328@end ifclear
6329
252b5132
RH
6330@ifset have-stabs
6331@node Stab
6332@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6333
6334@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6335@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6336There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6337All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6338The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6339cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6340Up to five fields are required:
6341
6342@table @var
6343@item string
6344This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6345@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6346debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6347using this field.
6348
6349@item type
6350An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6351this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6352and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6353
6354@item other
6355An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6356low 8 bits of this expression.
6357
6358@item desc
6359An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6360bits of this expression.
6361
6362@item value
6363An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6364@end table
6365
6366If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6367or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6368you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6369compatible with earlier assemblers!
6370
6371@table @code
6372@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6373@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6374
6375The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6376It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6377null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6378strings.
6379
6380The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6381relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6382is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6383assembled.
6384
6385@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6386@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6387The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6388
6389@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6390@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6391All five fields are specified.
6392@end table
6393@end ifset
6394@c end have-stabs
6395
6396@node String
38a57ae7 6397@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6398"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6399
6400@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6401@cindex string8, copying to object file
6402@cindex string16, copying to object file
6403@cindex string32, copying to object file
6404@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6405@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6406@cindex @code{string8} directive
6407@cindex @code{string16} directive
6408@cindex @code{string32} directive
6409@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6410
6411Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6412one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6413particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6414You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6415
01642c12 6416The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6417the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6418copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6419are stored in target endianness byte order.
6420
6421Example:
6422@smallexample
6423 .string32 "BYE"
6424expands to:
6425 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6426 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6427@end smallexample
6428
6429
252b5132
RH
6430@node Struct
6431@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6432
6433@cindex @code{struct} directive
6434Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6435which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6436@smallexample
6437 .struct 0
6438field1:
6439 .struct field1 + 4
6440field2:
6441 .struct field2 + 4
6442field3:
6443@end smallexample
6444This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6445@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6446value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6447use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6448before further assembly.
6449
c91d2e08
NC
6450@ifset ELF
6451@node SubSection
6452@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6453
c1253627 6454@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6455@cindex Section Stack
6456This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6457@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6458@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6459(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6460
6461This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6462section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6463in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6464@end ifset
6465
252b5132
RH
6466@ifset ELF
6467@node Symver
6468@section @code{.symver}
6469@cindex @code{symver} directive
6470@cindex symbol versioning
6471@cindex versions of symbols
6472Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6473within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6474typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6475There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6476into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6477shared library.
6478
79082ff0 6479For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6480@smallexample
6481.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6482@end smallexample
339681c0 6483If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6484being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6485alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6486just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6487permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6488of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6489itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6490have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6491file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6492function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6493the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6494building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6495symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6496nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6497
6498If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6499references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6500reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6501symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6502
6503Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6504@smallexample
6505.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6506@end smallexample
6507In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6508the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6509difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6510references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6511
6512The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6513@smallexample
6514.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6515@end smallexample
6516When @var{name} is not defined within the
6517file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6518@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6519name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6520@end ifset
6521
6522@ifset COFF
6523@node Tag
6524@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6525
6526@cindex COFF structure debugging
6527@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6528@cindex @code{tag} directive
6529This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6530information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6531@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6532definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6533@ifset BOUT
6534
6535@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6536@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6537ignores it.
6538@end ifset
6539@end ifset
6540
6541@node Text
6542@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6543
6544@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6545Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6546the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6547expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6548is used.
6549
6550@node Title
6551@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6552
6553@cindex @code{title} directive
6554@cindex listing control: title line
6555Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6556source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6557
6558This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6559it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6560
c1253627 6561@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6562@node Type
c1253627
NC
6563@section @code{.type}
6564
6565This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6566
6567@ifset COFF
6568@ifset ELF
6569@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6570@subheading COFF Version
6571@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6572
6573@cindex COFF symbol type
6574@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6575@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6576For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6577@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6578
6579@smallexample
6580.type @var{int}
6581@end smallexample
6582
6583This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6584entry.
252b5132 6585
c91d2e08 6586@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6587@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6588@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6589directive but ignores it.
6590@end ifset
c1253627 6591@end ifset
c91d2e08 6592
c1253627
NC
6593@ifset ELF
6594@ifset COFF
6595@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6596@subheading ELF Version
6597@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6598
6599@cindex ELF symbol type
6600@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6601@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6602For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6603
6604@smallexample
6605.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6606@end smallexample
6607
6608This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6609function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6610supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6611compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6612
6613Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6614@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6615below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6616the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6617maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6618assemblers.
6619
6620The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6621
6622@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6623 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6624 .type <name>,#<type>
6625 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6626 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6627 .type <name>,"<type>"
6628@end smallexample
6629
6630The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6631
5671778d
NC
6632@table @gcctabopt
6633@item STT_FUNC
6634@itemx function
6635Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6636
d8045f23
NC
6637@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6638@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6639Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6640processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6641
5671778d
NC
6642@item STT_OBJECT
6643@itemx object
6644Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6645
6646@item STT_TLS
6647@itemx tls_object
6648Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6649
6650@item STT_COMMON
6651@itemx common
6652Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6653
6654@item STT_NOTYPE
6655@itemx notype
6656Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6657
3e7a7d11
NC
6658@item gnu_unique_object
6659Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6660will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6661name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6662systems).
3e7a7d11 6663
5671778d
NC
6664@end table
6665
6666Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6667
c1253627
NC
6668@end ifset
6669@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6670
6671@node Uleb128
6672@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6673
6674@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6675@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6676compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6677symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6678
6679@ifset COFF
6680@node Val
6681@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6682
6683@cindex @code{val} directive
6684@cindex COFF value attribute
6685@cindex value attribute, COFF
6686This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6687records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6688entry.
6689@ifset BOUT
6690
a4fb0134 6691@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6692configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6693@end ifset
6694@end ifset
6695
2e13b764 6696@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6697@node Version
6698@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6699
c1253627 6700@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6701This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6702formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6703@end ifset
2e13b764 6704
c91d2e08
NC
6705@ifset ELF
6706@node VTableEntry
6707@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6708
653cfe85 6709@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6710This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6711@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6712
c91d2e08
NC
6713@node VTableInherit
6714@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6715
653cfe85 6716@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6717This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6718@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6719parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6720parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6721@end ifset
2e13b764 6722
d190d046
HPN
6723@node Warning
6724@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6725@cindex warning directive
6726Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6727(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6728
c91d2e08
NC
6729@node Weak
6730@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6731
c1253627 6732@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6733This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6734@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6735
01642c12 6736On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6737directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6738@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6739
977cdf5a 6740On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6741When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6742alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6743
06e77878
AO
6744@node Weakref
6745@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6746
6747@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6748This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6749be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6750If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6751will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6752symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6753
6754The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6755assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6756symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6757resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6758had the references to the alias removed.
6759
6760The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6761within the assembler.
6762
252b5132
RH
6763@node Word
6764@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6765
6766@cindex @code{word} directive
6767This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6768separated by commas.
6769@ifclear GENERIC
6770@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6771For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6772@end ifset
6773@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6774For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6775@end ifset
6776@end ifclear
6777@ifset GENERIC
6778
6779The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6780depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6781@end ifset
6782
6783@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6784@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6785@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6786@cindex difference tables altered
6787@cindex altered difference tables
6788@quotation
6789@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6790@end quotation
6791
6792@ifset GENERIC
6793Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6794addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6795interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6796@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6797
6798@end ifset
6799In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6800@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6801Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6802compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6803directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6804@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6805creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6806This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6807first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6808of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6809table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6810contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6811@code{sym2}.
6812
6813If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6814secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6815@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6816long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6817and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6818minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6819entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6820
6821@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6822@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6823@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6824assembly language programmers.
6825@end ifset
6826@end ifset
6827@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6828
6829@node Deprecated
6830@section Deprecated Directives
6831
6832@cindex deprecated directives
6833@cindex obsolescent directives
6834One day these directives won't work.
6835They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6836@table @t
6837@item .abort
6838@item .line
6839@end table
6840
3a99f02f
DJ
6841@ifset ELF
6842@node Object Attributes
6843@chapter Object Attributes
6844@cindex object attributes
6845
6846@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6847into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6848Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6849point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6850requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6851passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6852hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6853generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6854newer generation at run-time.
6855
6856This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6857@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6858time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6859correctly.
6860
6861Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6862attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6863string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6864and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6865or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6866attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6867
6868Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6869The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6870
6871@menu
6872* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6873* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6874@end menu
6875
6876@node GNU Object Attributes
6877@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6878
6879The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6880with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6881
6882Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6883its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6884an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
68852} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6886architecture-dependent ones.
6887
6888@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6889
6890These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6891
6892@table @r
6893@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6894The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6895the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6896then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6897than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6898arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6899@end table
6900
6901@subsection MIPS Attributes
6902
6903@table @r
6904@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6905The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6906
6907@itemize @bullet
6908@item
69090 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6910@item
69111 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6912FPU.
6913@item
69142 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6915@item
69163 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6917@item
69184 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6919double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6920purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6921@end itemize
6922@end table
6923
6924@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6925
6926@table @r
6927@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6928The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6929
6930@itemize @bullet
6931@item
69320 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6933@item
3c7b9897 69341 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6935@item
69362 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6937@item
69383 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6939@end itemize
6940
6941@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6942The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6943
6944@itemize @bullet
6945@item
69460 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6947@item
69481 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6949@item
69502 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6951@item
69523 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6953@end itemize
6954@end table
6955
6956@node Defining New Object Attributes
6957@section Defining New Object Attributes
6958
6959If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6960will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6961mailing list.
6962
6963@itemize @bullet
6964@item
6965This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6966@item
6967The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6968@item
6969The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6970and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6971@item
6972Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6973@item
6974@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6975@item
6976GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6977@end itemize
6978
6979@end ifset
6980
252b5132
RH
6981@ifset GENERIC
6982@node Machine Dependencies
6983@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6984
6985@cindex machine dependencies
6986The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6987each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6988vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6989directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6990assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6991@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6992optimization.
6993
6994This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6995include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6996subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6997
6998@menu
a06ea964
NC
6999@ifset AARCH64
7000* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7001@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7002@ifset ALPHA
7003* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7004@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7005@ifset ARC
7006* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7007@end ifset
7008@ifset ARM
7009* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7010@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7011@ifset AVR
7012* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7013@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7014@ifset Blackfin
7015* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7016@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7017@ifset CR16
7018* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7019@end ifset
8bf549a8 7020@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7021* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7022@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7023@ifset D10V
7024* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7025@end ifset
7026@ifset D30V
7027* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7028@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7029@ifset EPIPHANY
7030* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7031@end ifset
252b5132 7032@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7033* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7034@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7035@ifset HPPA
7036* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7038@ifset I370
7039* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
252b5132 7041@ifset I80386
55b62671 7042* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7043@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7044@ifset I860
7045* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7046@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7047@ifset I960
7048* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7049@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7050@ifset IA64
7051* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7052@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7053@ifset IP2K
7054* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7055@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7056@ifset LM32
7057* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7058@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7059@ifset M32C
7060* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7061@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7062@ifset M32R
7063* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7064@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7065@ifset M680X0
7066* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7067@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7068@ifset M68HC11
7069* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7070@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7071@ifset METAG
7072* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7073@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7074@ifset MICROBLAZE
7075* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7076@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7077@ifset MIPS
7078* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7079@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7080@ifset MMIX
7081* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7082@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7083@ifset MSP430
7084* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7085@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7086@ifset NIOSII
7087* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7088@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7089@ifset NS32K
7090* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7091@end ifset
252b5132 7092@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7093* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7094* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7095@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7096@ifset PDP11
7097* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7098@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7099@ifset PJ
7100* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7101@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7102@ifset PPC
7103* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7104@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7105@ifset RL78
7106* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7107@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7108@ifset RX
7109* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7110@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7111@ifset S390
7112* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7113@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7114@ifset SCORE
7115* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7116@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7117@ifset SPARC
7118* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7119@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7120@ifset TIC54X
7121* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7122@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7123@ifset TIC6X
7124* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7125@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7126@ifset TILEGX
7127* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7128@end ifset
7129@ifset TILEPRO
7130* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7131@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7132@ifset V850
7133* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7134@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7135@ifset XGATE
7136* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7137@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7138@ifset XSTORMY16
7139* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7140@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7141@ifset XTENSA
7142* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7143@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7144@ifset Z80
7145* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7146@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7147@ifset Z8000
7148* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7149@end ifset
7150@ifset VAX
7151* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7152@end ifset
7153@end menu
7154
7155@lowersections
7156@end ifset
7157
7158@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7159@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7160@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7161@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7162@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7163@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7164@c in both conditional blocks.
7165
a06ea964
NC
7166@ifset AARCH64
7167@include c-aarch64.texi
7168@end ifset
7169
625e1353
RH
7170@ifset ALPHA
7171@include c-alpha.texi
7172@end ifset
7173
7174@ifset ARC
7175@include c-arc.texi
7176@end ifset
7177
252b5132
RH
7178@ifset ARM
7179@include c-arm.texi
7180@end ifset
7181
8473f7a4
DC
7182@ifset AVR
7183@include c-avr.texi
7184@end ifset
7185
3b4e1885 7186@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7187@include c-bfin.texi
7188@end ifset
7189
3d3d428f
NC
7190@ifset CR16
7191@include c-cr16.texi
7192@end ifset
7193
328eb32e
HPN
7194@ifset CRIS
7195@include c-cris.texi
7196@end ifset
7197
c2dcd04e 7198@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7199@ifclear GENERIC
7200@node Machine Dependencies
7201@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7202
c2dcd04e 7203The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7204and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7205chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7206family.
7207
7208@menu
c2dcd04e 7209* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7210* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7211@end menu
7212@lowersections
7213@end ifclear
7214@end ifset
7215
7216@ifset D10V
7217@include c-d10v.texi
7218@end ifset
7219
7220@ifset D30V
7221@include c-d30v.texi
7222@end ifset
7223
cfb8c092
NC
7224@ifset EPIPHANY
7225@include c-epiphany.texi
7226@end ifset
7227
252b5132
RH
7228@ifset H8/300
7229@include c-h8300.texi
7230@end ifset
7231
252b5132
RH
7232@ifset HPPA
7233@include c-hppa.texi
7234@end ifset
7235
5b93d8bb
AM
7236@ifset I370
7237@include c-i370.texi
7238@end ifset
7239
252b5132
RH
7240@ifset I80386
7241@include c-i386.texi
7242@end ifset
7243
e3308d0d
JE
7244@ifset I860
7245@include c-i860.texi
7246@end ifset
7247
252b5132
RH
7248@ifset I960
7249@include c-i960.texi
7250@end ifset
7251
9e32ca89
NC
7252@ifset IA64
7253@include c-ia64.texi
7254@end ifset
7255
a40cbfa3
NC
7256@ifset IP2K
7257@include c-ip2k.texi
7258@end ifset
7259
84e94c90
NC
7260@ifset LM32
7261@include c-lm32.texi
7262@end ifset
7263
49f58d10
JB
7264@ifset M32C
7265@include c-m32c.texi
7266@end ifset
7267
ec694b89
NC
7268@ifset M32R
7269@include c-m32r.texi
7270@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7271
7272@ifset M680X0
7273@include c-m68k.texi
7274@end ifset
7275
60bcf0fa
NC
7276@ifset M68HC11
7277@include c-m68hc11.texi
7278@end ifset
7279
a3c62988
NC
7280@ifset METAG
7281@include c-metag.texi
7282@end ifset
7283
01642c12 7284@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7285@include c-microblaze.texi
7286@end ifset
7287
252b5132
RH
7288@ifset MIPS
7289@include c-mips.texi
7290@end ifset
7291
3c3bdf30
NC
7292@ifset MMIX
7293@include c-mmix.texi
7294@end ifset
7295
2469cfa2
NC
7296@ifset MSP430
7297@include c-msp430.texi
7298@end ifset
7299
36591ba1
SL
7300@ifset NIOSII
7301@include c-nios2.texi
7302@end ifset
7303
252b5132
RH
7304@ifset NS32K
7305@include c-ns32k.texi
7306@end ifset
7307
e135f41b
NC
7308@ifset PDP11
7309@include c-pdp11.texi
7310@end ifset
7311
041dd5a9
ILT
7312@ifset PJ
7313@include c-pj.texi
7314@end ifset
7315
418c1742
MG
7316@ifset PPC
7317@include c-ppc.texi
7318@end ifset
7319
99c513f6
DD
7320@ifset RL78
7321@include c-rl78.texi
7322@end ifset
7323
046d31c2
NC
7324@ifset RX
7325@include c-rx.texi
7326@end ifset
7327
11c19e16
MS
7328@ifset S390
7329@include c-s390.texi
7330@end ifset
7331
c0157db4
NC
7332@ifset SCORE
7333@include c-score.texi
7334@end ifset
7335
252b5132
RH
7336@ifset SH
7337@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7338@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7339@end ifset
7340
7341@ifset SPARC
7342@include c-sparc.texi
7343@end ifset
7344
39bec121
TW
7345@ifset TIC54X
7346@include c-tic54x.texi
7347@end ifset
7348
40b36596
JM
7349@ifset TIC6X
7350@include c-tic6x.texi
7351@end ifset
7352
aa137e4d
NC
7353@ifset TILEGX
7354@include c-tilegx.texi
7355@end ifset
7356
7357@ifset TILEPRO
7358@include c-tilepro.texi
7359@end ifset
7360
3c9b82ba
NC
7361@ifset Z80
7362@include c-z80.texi
7363@end ifset
7364
252b5132
RH
7365@ifset Z8000
7366@include c-z8k.texi
7367@end ifset
7368
7369@ifset VAX
7370@include c-vax.texi
7371@end ifset
7372
7373@ifset V850
7374@include c-v850.texi
7375@end ifset
7376
f6c1a2d5
NC
7377@ifset XGATE
7378@include c-xgate.texi
7379@end ifset
7380
6753e72f
NC
7381@ifset XSTORMY16
7382@include c-xstormy16.texi
7383@end ifset
7384
e0001a05
NC
7385@ifset XTENSA
7386@include c-xtensa.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
252b5132
RH
7389@ifset GENERIC
7390@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7391@raisesections
7392@end ifset
7393
7394@node Reporting Bugs
7395@chapter Reporting Bugs
7396@cindex bugs in assembler
7397@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7398
a4fb0134 7399Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7400
7401Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7402not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7403entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7404Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7405
7406In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7407information that enables us to fix the bug.
7408
7409@menu
7410* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7411* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7412@end menu
7413
7414@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7415@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7416@cindex bug criteria
7417
7418If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7419
7420@itemize @bullet
7421@cindex fatal signal
7422@cindex assembler crash
7423@cindex crash of assembler
7424@item
7425If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7426@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7427
7428@cindex error on valid input
7429@item
a4fb0134 7430If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7431
7432@cindex invalid input
7433@item
a4fb0134 7434If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7435is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7436be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7437
7438@item
7439If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7440of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7441@end itemize
7442
7443@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7444@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7445@cindex bug reports
7446@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7447
7448A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7449you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7450contact that organization first.
7451
7452You can find contact information for many support companies and
7453individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7454distribution.
7455
ad22bfe8 7456@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7457In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7458to @value{BUGURL}.
7459@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7460
7461The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7462@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7463fact or leave it out, state it!
7464
7465Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7466and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7467name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7468not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7469happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7470perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7471the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7472give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7473and the most helpful.
7474
7475Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7476it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7477that the bug has not been reported previously.
7478
7479Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7480bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7481respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7482You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7483
7484To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7485
7486@itemize @bullet
7487@item
a4fb0134 7488The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7489it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7490
7491Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7492the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7493
7494@item
a4fb0134 7495Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7496
7497@item
7498The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7499version number.
7500
7501@item
a4fb0134 7502What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7503``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7504
7505@item
7506The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7507observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7508all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7509
7510If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7511and then we might not encounter the bug.
7512
7513@item
7514A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7515the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7516high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7517when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7518the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7519file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7520@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7521
7522@item
7523A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7524incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7525
a4fb0134 7526Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7527will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7528notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7529make a mistake.
7530
7531Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7532explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7533@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7534library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7535would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7536would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7537expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7538observations.
7539
7540@item
a4fb0134 7541If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7542diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7543option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7544discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7545by line number.
7546
7547The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7548sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7549@end itemize
7550
7551Here are some things that are not necessary:
7552
7553@itemize @bullet
7554@item
7555A description of the envelope of the bug.
7556
7557Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7558which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7559changes will not affect it.
7560
7561This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7562will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7563with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7564We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7565
7566Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7567of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7568output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7569less time, and so on.
7570
7571However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7572report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7573
7574@item
7575A patch for the bug.
7576
7577A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7578the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7579a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7580to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7581
a4fb0134 7582Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7583construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7584the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7585one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7586
7587And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7588patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7589help us to understand.
7590
7591@item
7592A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7593
7594Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7595things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7596@end itemize
7597
7598@node Acknowledgements
7599@chapter Acknowledgements
7600
653cfe85 7601If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7602it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7603maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7604@c (October 2012),
7605the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7606
7607Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7608more details?}
7609
7610Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7611information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7612extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7613
7614K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7615many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7616up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7617testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7618including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7619and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7620support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7621port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7622file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7623assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7624
7625Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7626in format-specific I/O modules.
7627
7628The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7629has done much work with it since.
7630
7631The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7632
7633Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7634
7635The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7636University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7637
7638Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7639(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7640(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7641support a.out format.
7642
7be1c489
AM
7643Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7644tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7645Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7646use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7647targets.
7648
7649John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7650simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7651updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7652fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7653remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7654cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7655required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7656
7657Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
765868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7659added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7660PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7661
653cfe85 7662Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7663
7664Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7665
7666Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7667along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7668formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7669the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7670
7671Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7672Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7673Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7674Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7675and some initial 64-bit support).
7676
c1253627 7677Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7678
252b5132
RH
7679Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7680support for openVMS/Alpha.
7681
39bec121
TW
7682Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7683flavors.
7684
e0001a05 7685David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7686Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7687
252b5132
RH
7688Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7689configuration enhancements.
7690
84e94c90
NC
7691Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7692
252b5132
RH
7693Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7694you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7695want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7696intentionally leaving anyone out.
7697
793c5807
NC
7698@node GNU Free Documentation License
7699@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7700@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7701
370b66a1
CD
7702@node AS Index
7703@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7704
7705@printindex cp
7706
252b5132
RH
7707@bye
7708@c Local Variables:
7709@c fill-column: 79
7710@c End: